7 Part 572—Anthropomorphic Test Devices

PART 572—ANTHROPOMORPHIC 572.77 Instrumentation. TEST DEVICES 572.78 Performance test conditions. FIGURES TO SUBPART I

Subpart A—General Subpart J—9-Month Old Child Sec. 572.80 Incorporated materials. 572.1 Scope. 572.81 General description. 572.2 Purpose. 572.82 Head. 572.3 Application. 572.83 Head-neck. 572.4 Terminology. 572.84 Thorax. 572.85 Lumbar spine flexure. Subpart B—50th Percentile Male 572.86 Test conditions and dummy adjust- 572.5 General description. ment. 572.6 Head. 572.7 Neck. Subpart K—Newborn Infant 572.8 Thorax. 572.90 Incorporation by reference. 572.9 Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis. 572.91 General description. 572.10 Limbs. 572.11 Test conditions and instrumentation. Subpart L—Free Motion Headform Subpart C—3-Year-Old Child 572.100 Incorporation by reference. 572.101 General description. 572.15 General description. 572.102 Drop test. 572.16 Head. 572.103 Test conditions and instrumenta- 572.17 Neck. tion. 572.18 Thorax. 572.19 Lumbar spine, abdomen and pelvis. Subpart M—Side Impact Hybrid Dummy 572.20 Limbs. 572.21 Test conditions and instrumentation. 50th Percentile Male. 572.110 Materials incorporated by reference. Subpart D—6-Month-Old Infant 572.111 General description. 572.25 General description. 572.112 Head assembly. 572.113 Neck assembly. Subpart E—Hybrid III Test Dummy 572.114 Thorax. 572.115 Lumbar spine and pelvis. 572.30 Incorporated materials. 572.116 Instrumentation and test conditions. 572.31 General description. 572.32 Head. Subpart N—Six-year-old Child Test 572.33 Neck. Dummy, Beta Version 572.34 Thorax. 572.35 Limbs. 572.120 Incorporation by reference. 572.36 Test conditions and instrumentation. 572.121 General description. 572.122 Head assembly and test procedure. Subpart F—Side Impact Dummy 50th 572.123 Neck assembly and test procedure. Percentile Male 572.124 Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.125 Upper and lower torso assemblies 572.40 Incorporated materials. and torso flexion test procedure. 572.41 General description. 572.126 Knees and knee impact test proce- 572.42 Thorax. dure. 572.43 Lumbar spine and pelvis. 572.127 Test conditions and instrumenta- 572.44 Instrumentation and test conditions. tion. APPENDIX A TO SUBPART F FIGURES TO SUBPART N

Subparts G–H [Reserved] Subpart O—Hybrid III 5th Percentile Female Test Dummy, Alpha Version Subpart I—6-Year-Old Child 572.130 Incorporation by reference. 572.70 Incorporation by reference. 572.131 General description. 572.71 General description. 572.132 Head assembly and test procedure. 572.72 Head assembly and test procedure. 572.133 Neck assembly and test procedure. 572.73 Neck assembly and test procedure. 572.134 Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.74 Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.135 Upper and lower torso assemblies 572.75 Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis and torso flexion test procedure. assembly and test procedure. 572.136 Knees and knee impact test proce- 572.76 Limbs assembly and test procedure. dure.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.1 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

572.137 Test conditions and instrumenta- Subpart V, SID–IIsD Side Impact Crash Test tion. Dummy, Small Adult Female FIGURES TO SUBPART O 572.190 Incorporated materials. Subpart P—Hybrid III 3-Year-Old Child 572.191 General description. 572.192 Head assembly. Crash Test Dummy, Alpha Version 572.193 Neck assembly. 572.194 Shoulder. 572.140 Incorporation by reference. 572.195 Thorax with arm. 572.141 General description. 572.196 Thorax without arm. 572.142 Head assembly and test procedure. 572.197 Abdomen. 572.143 Neck-headform assembly and test 572.198 Pelvis acetabulum. procedure. 572.199 Pelvis iliac. 572.144 Thorax assembly and test procedure. 572.200 Instrumentation and test conditions. 572.145 Upper and lower torso assemblies APPENDIX A TO SUBPART V OF PART 572—FIG- and torso flexion test procedure. URES 572.146 Test condition and instrumentation. AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117 FIGURES TO SUBPART P and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50. Subpart R—CRABI 12-Month-Old Infant Crash Test Dummy, Alpha Version EDITORIAL NOTES: 1. For compliance provisions relating to a vehicle’s conformance 572.150 Incorporation by reference. with the performance requirements of Stand- 572.151 General description. ard No. 208 (§ 571.208) relating to the part 572 572.152 Head assembly and test procedure. test dummy, see the ‘‘Effective Date Note’’ at subpart E of this part. 572.153 Neck-headform assembly and test procedure. 2. Nomenclature changes to part 572 appear 572.154 Thorax assembly and test procedure. at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004. 572.155 Test condition and instrumentation. FIGURES TO SUBPART R Subpart A—General

Subpart S—Hybrid III Six-Year-Old § 572.1 Scope. Weighted Child Test Dummy This part describes the anthropomorphic test devices that are 572.160 Incorporation by reference. to be used for compliance testing of 572.161 General description. motor vehicles and motor vehicle 572.162 Head assembly and test procedure. equipment with motor vehicle safety 572.163 Neck assembly and test procedure. 572.164 Thorax assembly and test procedure. standards. 572.165 Upper and lower torso assemblies [60 FR 43058, Aug. 18, 1995] and torso flexion test procedure. 572.166 Knees and knee impact test proce- § 572.2 Purpose. dure. The design and performance criteria 572.167 Test conditions and instrumentation. specified in this part are intended to describe measuring tools with suffi- FIGURES TO SUBPART S cient precision to give repetitive and Subpart T [Reserved] correlative results under similar test conditions and to reflect adequately Subpart U— ES–2re Side Impact Crash Test the protective performance of a vehicle Dummy, 50th Percentile Adult Male or item of motor vehicle equipment with respect to human occupants. 572.180 Incorporated materials. 572.181 General description. [38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7151, Feb. 7, 1977] 572.182 Head assembly. 572.183 Neck assembly. § 572.3 Application. 572.184 Shoulder assembly. 572.185 Thorax (upper torso) assembly. This part does not in itself impose 572.186 Abdomen assembly. duties or liabilities on any person. It is 572.187 Lumbar spine. a description of tools that measure the 572.188 Pelvis. performance of occupant protection 572.189 Instrumentation and test conditions. systems required by the safety stand- APPENDIX A TO SUBPART U OF PART 572—FIG- ards that incorporate it. It is designed URES to be referenced by, and become a part

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.6

of, the test procedures specified in FEDERAL REGISTER. As a convenience motor vehicle safety standards such as to the reader, the materials incor- Standard No. 208, Occupant Crash Pro- porated by reference are listed in the tection. Finding Aid Table found at the end of this volume of the Code of Federal Reg- [38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977] ulations. (c) The materials incorporated by § 572.4 Terminology. reference are available for examination (a) The term dummy, when used in in Docket 73–08, Docket Section, Na- this subpart A, refers to any test de- tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin- vice described by this part. The term istration, Room 5109, 400 Seventh dummy, when used in any other subpart Street SW., Washington, DC, 20590. of this part, refers to the particular Copies may be obtained from Rowley- dummy described in that part. Scher Reprographics, Inc., 1216 K (b) Terms describing parts of the Street NW., Washington, DC 20005 ((202) dummy, such as head, are the same as 628–6667). The drawings and specifica- names for corresponding parts of the tions are also on file in the reference human body. library of the Office of the Federal (c) The term unimodal, when used in Register, National Archives and subparts C and I, refers to an accelera- Records Administration, Washington, tion-time curve which has only one DC. prominent peak. (d) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that throughout the [38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 range of motion and also under crash FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977; 44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, impact conditions there is no contact 1979; 56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991] between metallic elements except for contacts that exist under static condi- Subpart B—50th Percentile Male tions. (e) The structural properties of the § 572.5 General description. dummy are such that the dummy con- (a) The dummy consists of the com- forms to this part in every respect both ponent assemblies specified in Figure 1, before and after being used in vehicle which are described in their entirety tests specified in Standard No. 208 of by means of approximately 250 draw- this chapter (571.208). ings and specifications that are (f) A specimen of the dummy is avail- grouped by component assemblies able for surface measurements and ac- under the following nine headings: cess can be arranged by contacting: Of- SA 150 M070—Right arm assembly fice of Vehicle Safety Standards, Na- SA 150 M071—Left arm assembly tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin- SA 150 M050—Lumbar spine assembly istration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., SA 150 M060—Pelvis and abdomen assembly Washington, DC 20590. SA 150 M080—Right leg assembly SA 150 M081—Left leg assembly [50 FR 25423, June 19, 1985] SA 150 M010—Head assembly SA 150 M020—Neck assembly § 572.6 Head. SA 150 M030—Shoulder-thorax assembly. (a) The head consists of the assembly (b) The drawings and specifications shown as number SA 150 M010 in Figure referred to in this regulation that are 1 and conforms to each of the drawings not set forth in full are hereby incor- subtended by number SA 150 M010. porated in this part by reference. These (b) When the head is dropped from a materials are thereby made part of this height of 10 inches in accordance with regulation. The Director of the Federal paragraph (c) of this section, the peak Register has approved the materials in- resultant accelerations at the location corporated by reference. For materials of the accelerometers mounted in the subject to change, only the specific head form in accordance with § 572.11(b) version approved by the Director of the shall be not less than 210g, and not Federal Register and specified in the more than 260g. The acceleration/time regulation are incorporated. A notice curve for the test shall be unimodal of any change will be published in the and shall lie at or above the 100g level

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.7 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

for an interval not less than 0.9 milli- Chordal Dis- Time (ms) placement seconds and not more than 1.5 milli- Rotation (degrees) ±(2+.08T) (inches seconds. The lateral acceleration vec- ±0.5) tor shall not exceed 10g. 0 ...... 0 0.0 (c) Test procedure: 30 ...... 30 2.6 (1) Suspend the head as shown in Fig- 60 ...... 46 4.8 ure 2, so that the lowest point on the Maximum ...... 60 5.5 60 ...... 75 4.8 forehead is 0.5 inches below the lowest 30 ...... 95 2.6 point on the dummy’s nose when the 0 ...... 112 0.0 midsagittal plane is vertical. (2) Drop the head from the specified (c) Test procedure: (1) Mount the height by means that ensures instant head and neck on a rigid pendulum as release onto a rigidly supported flat specified in Figure 4, so that the head’s horizontal steel plate, 2 inches thick midsagittal plane is vertical and coin- and 2 feet square, which has a clean, cides with the plane of motion of the pendulum’s longitudinal centerline. dry surface and any microfinish of not Mount the neck directly to the pen- less than 8 microinches (rms) and not dulum as shown in Figure 4. more than 80 microinches (rms). (2) Release the pendulum and allow it (3) Allow a time period of at least 2 to fall freely from a height such that hours between successive tests on the the velocity at impact is 23.5 ±2.0 feet same head. per second (fps), measured at the cen- [38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 ter of the accelerometer specified in FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977] Figure 4. (3) Decelerate the pendulum to a stop § 572.7 Neck. with an acceleration-time pulse de- (a) The neck consists of the assembly scribed as follows: shown as number SA 150 M020 in Figure (i) Establish 5g and 20g levels on the a-t curve. 1 and conforms to each of the drawings (ii) Establish t at the point where subtended by number SA 150 M020. 1 the rising a-t curve first crosses the 5g (b) When the neck is tested with the level, t at the point where the rising a- head in accordance with paragraph (c) 2 t curve first crosses the 20g level, t2 at of this section, the head shall rotate in the point where the decaying a-t curve reference to the pendulum’s longitu- last crosses the 20g level, and t4 at the dinal centerline a total of 68° ±5° about point where the decaying a-t curve its center of gravity, rotating to the first crosses the 5g level. extent specified in the following table (iii) t2–t1 shall be not more than 3 at each indicated point in time, meas- milliseconds. ured from impact, with a chordal dis- (iv) t3–t2 shall be not less than 25 mil- placement measured at its center of liseconds and not more than 30 milli- gravity that is within the limits speci- seconds. fied. The chordal displacement at time (v) t4–t3 shall be not more than 10 T is defined as the straight line dis- milliseconds. tance between (1) the position relative (vi) The average deceleration be- to the pendulum arm of the head cen- tween t2 and t3 shall be not less than ter of gravity at time zero, and (2) the 20g and not more than 24g. position relative to the pendulum arm (4) Allow the neck to flex without im- of the head center of gravity at time T pact of the head or neck with any ob- as illustrated by Figure 3. The peak re- ject other than the pendulum arm. sultant acceleration recorded at the lo- [38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 cation of the accelerometers mounted FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977; 42 FR 12176, Mar. 3, 1977; in the head form in accordance with 45 FR 40596, June 16, 1980] § 572.11(b) shall not exceed 26g. The pendulum shall not reverse direction until § 572.8 Thorax. the head’s center of gravity returns to (a) The thorax consists of the assem- the original zero time position relative bly shown as number SA 150 M030 in to the pendulum arm. Figure 1, and conforms to each of the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.9

drawings subtended by number SA 150 (6) Guide the probe during impact so M030. that it moves with no significant lat- (b) The thorax contains enough unob- eral, vertical, or rotational movement. structed interior space behind the rib (7) Measure the horizontal deflection cage to permit the midpoint of the of the sternum relative to the thoracic sternum to be depressed 2 inches with- spine along the line established by the out contact between the rib cage and longitudinal centerline of the probe at other parts of the dummy or its instru- the moment of impact, using a poten- mentation, except for instruments tiometer mounted inside the sternum. (8) Measure hysteresis by deter- specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this sec- mining the ratio of the area between tion. the loading and unloading portions of (c) When impacted by a test probe the force deflection curve to the area conforming to § 572.11(a) at 14 fps and at under the loading portion of the curve. 22 fps in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, the thorax shall resist [38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 with forces measured by the test probe FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977] of not more than 1450 pounds and 2250 § 572.9 Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pounds, respectively, and shall deflect pelvis. by amounts not greater than 1.1 inches (a) The lumbar spine, abdomen, and and 1.7 inches, respectively. The inter- pelvis consist of the assemblies des- nal hysteresis in each impact shall not ignated as numbers SA 150 M050 and SA be less than 50 percent and not more 150 M060 in Figure 1 and conform to the than 70 percent. drawings subtended by these numbers. (d) Test procedure: (1) With the (b) When subjected to continuously dummy seated without back support on applied force in accordance with para- a surface as specified in § 572.11(i) and graph (c) of this section, the lumbar in the orientation specified in spine assembly shall flex by an amount § 572.11(i), adjust the dummy arms and that permits the rigid thoracic spine to legs until they are extended hori- rotate from its initial position in ac- zontally forward parallel to the cordance with Figure 11 by the number midsagittal plane. of degrees shown below at each speci- (2) Place the longitudinal center line fied force level, and straighten upon re- of the test probe so that it is 17.7 ±0.1 moval of the force to within 12 degrees inches above the seating surface at im- of its initial position in accordance pact. with Figure 11.

(3) Align the test probe specified in Force ( ±6 § 572.11(a) so that at impact its longitu- Flexion (degrees) pounds) dinal centerline coincides within 2 de- 0 ...... 0 grees of a horizontal line in the dum- 20 ...... 28 my’s midsagittal plane. 30 ...... 40 (4) Adjust the dummy so that the sur- 40 ...... 52 face area on the thorax immediately (c) Test procedure: (1) Assemble the adjacent to the projected longitudinal thorax, lumbar spine, pelvic, and upper center line of the test probe is vertical. leg assemblies (above the femur force Limb support, as needed to achieve and transducers), ensuring that all compo- maintain this orientation, may be pro- nent surfaces are clean, dry, and un- vided by placement of a steel rod of treated unless otherwise specified, and any diameter not less than one-quarter attach them to the horizontal fixture of an inch and not more than three- shown in Figure 5 at the two link rod eighths of an inch, with hemispherical pins and with the mounting brackets ends, vertically under the limb at its for the lumbar test fixtures illustrated projected geometric center. in Figures 6 to 9. (5) Impact the thorax with the test (2) Attach the rear mounting of the probe so that its longitudinal center- pelvis to the pelvic instrument cavity line falls within 2 degrees of a hori- rear face at the four 1⁄4″ cap screw holes zontal line in the dummy’s midsagittal and attach the front mounting at the plane at the moment of impact. femur axial rotation joint. Tighten the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.10 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

mountings so that the pelvic-lumbar § 572.10 Limbs. adapter is horizontal and adjust the (a) The limbs consist of the assem- femur friction plungers at each hip blies shown as numbers SA 150 M070, socket joint to 240 inch-pounds torque. SA 150 M071, SA 150 M080, and SA 150 ° (3) Flex the thorax forward 50 and M081 in Figure 1 and conform to the then rearward as necessary to return it drawings subtended by these numbers. to its initial position in accordance (b) When each knee is impacted at 6.9 with Figure 11 unsupported by external ft/sec. in accordance with paragraph (c) means. of this section, the maximum force on (4) Apply a forward force perpen- the femur shall be not more than 2500 dicular to the thorax instrument cav- pounds and not less than 1850 pounds, ity rear face in the midsagittal plane 15 with a duration above 1000 pounds of inches above the top surface of the pel- not less than 1.7 milliseconds. vic-lumbar adapter. Apply the force at (c) Test procedure: (1) Seat the any torso deflection rate between .5 dummy without back support on a sur- ° and 1.5 degrees per second up to 40 of face as specified in § 572.11(i) that is 17.3 flexion but no further, continue to ±0.2 inches above a horizontal surface, apply for 10 seconds that force nec- oriented as specified in § 572.11(i), and ° essary to maintain 40 of flexion, and with the hip joint adjustment at any record the force with an instrument setting between 1g and 2g. Place the mounted to the thorax as shown in Fig- dummy legs in planes parallel to its ure 5. Release all force as rapidly as midsagittal plane (knee pivot center- possible and measure the return angle 3 line perpendicular to the midsagittal minutes after the release. plane) and with the feet flat on the (d) When the abdomen is subjected to horizontal surface. Adjust the feet and continuously applied force in accord- lower legs until the lines between the ance with paragraph (e) of this section, midpoints of the knee pivots and the the abdominal force-deflection curve ankle pivots are at any angle not less shall be within the two curves plotted than 2 degrees and not more than 4 de- in Figure 10. grees rear of the vertical, measured at (e) Test procedure: (1) Place the as- the centerline of the knee pivots. sembled thorax, lumbar spine and pel- (2) Reposition the dummy if nec- vic assemblies in a supine position on a essary so that the rearmost point of flat, rigid, smooth, dry, clean hori- the lower legs at the level one inch zontal surface, ensuring that all com- below the seating surface remains at ponent surfaces are clean, dry, and un- any distance not less than 5 inches and treated unless otherwise specified. not more than 6 inches forward of the (2) Place a rigid cylinder 6 inches in forward edge of the seat. diameter and 18 inches long trans- (3) Align the test probe specified in versely across the abdomen, so that the § 572.11(a) so that at impact its longitu- cylinder is symmetrical about the dinal centerline coincides within ±2° midsagittal plane, with its longitudinal with the longitudinal centerline of the centerline horizontal and perpen- femur. dicular to the midsagittal plane at a (4) Impact the knee with the test point 9.2 inches above the bottom line probe moving horizontally and parallel of the buttocks, measured with the to the midsagittal plane at the speci- dummy positioned in accordance with fied velocity. Figure 11. (5) Guide the probe during impact so (3) Establish the zero deflection point that it moves with no significant lat- as the point at which a force of 10 eral, vertical, or rotational movement. pounds has been reached. (4) Apply a vertical downward force [38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7153, Feb. 7, 1977] through the cylinder at any rate between 0.25 and 0.35 inches per second. § 572.11 Test conditions and instru- (5) Guide the cylinder so that it mentation. moves without significant lateral or (a) The test probe used for thoracic rotational movement. and knee impact tests is a cylinder 6 [42 FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977] inches in diameter that weighs 51.5

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.11

pounds including instrumentation. Its third accelerometer has its sensitive impacting end has a flat right face that axis oriented perpendicular to the at- is rigid and that has an edge radius of tachment surface in the midsagittal 0.5 inches. plane, with its seismic mass center at (b) Accelerometers are mounted in any distance up to 1.3 inches dorsal to the head on the horizontal transverse the intersection of the sensitive axes bulkhead shown in the drawings subref- specified above. Accelerometers are erenced under assembly No. SA 150 oriented with the dummy in the posi- M010 in Figure 1, so that their sensitive tion specified in § 572.11(i). axes intersect at a point in the (d) A force-sensing device is mounted midsagittal plane 0.5 inches above the axially in each femur shaft so that the horizontal bulkhead and 1.9 inches ven- transverse centerline of the sensing tral of the vertical mating surface of element is 4.25 inches from the knee’s the skull with the skull cover. One ac- center of rotation. celerometer is aligned with its sen- (e) The outputs of acceleration and sitive axis perpendicular to the hori- force-sensing devices installed in the zontal bulkhead in the midsagittal dummy and in the test apparatus speci- plane and with its seismic mass center fied by this part are recorded in indi- at any distance up to 0.3 inches supe- vidual data channels that conform to rior to the axial intersection point. An- the requirements of SAE Rec- other accelerometer is aligned with its ommended Practice J211a, December sensitive axis parallel to the horizontal 1971, with channel classes as follows: bulkhead and perpendicular to the (1) Head acceleration—Class 1000. midsagittal plane, and with its seismic (2) Pendulum acceleration—Class 60. mass center at any distance up to 1.3 (3) Thorax acceleration—Class 180. inches to the left of the axial intersec- (4) Thorax compression—Class 180. tion point (left side of dummy is the (5) Femur force—Class 600. same as that of man). A third acceler- (f) The mountings for sensing devices ometer is aligned with its sensitive have no resonance frequency within a axis parallel to the horizontal bulk- range of 3 times the frequency range of head in the midsagittal plane, and with the applicable channel class. its seismic mass center at any distance (g) Limb joints are set at 1g, barely up to 1.3 inches dorsal to the axial restraining the weight of the limb intersection point. when it is extended horizontally. The (c) Accelerometers are mounted in force required to move a limb segment the thorax by means of a bracket at- does not exceed 2g throughout the tached to the rear vertical surface range of limb motion. (hereafter ‘‘attachment surface’’) of (h) Performance tests are conducted the thoracic spine so that their sen- at any temperature from 66 °F to 78 °F sitive axes intersect at a point in the and at any relative humidity from 10 midsagittal plane 0.8 inches below the percent to 70 percent after exposure of upper surface of the plate to which the the dummy to these conditions for a neck mounting bracket is attached and period of not less than 4 hours. 3.2 inches perpendicularly forward of (i) For the performance tests speci- the surface to which the accelerometer fied in §§ 572.8, 572.9, and 572.10, the bracket is attached. One accelerometer dummy is positioned in accordance has its sensitive axis oriented parallel with Figure 11 as follows: to the attachment surface in the (1) The dummy is placed on a flat, midsagittal plane, with its seismic rigid, smooth, clean, dry, horizontal, mass center at any distance up to 1.3 steel test surface whose length and inches inferior to the intersection of width dimensions are not less than 16 the sensitive axes specified above. An- inches, so that the dummy’s other accelerometer has its sensitive midsagittal plane is vertical and cen- axis oriented parallel to the attach- tered on the test surface and the rear- ment surface and perpendicular to the most points on its lower legs at the midsagittal plane, with its seismic level of the test surface are at any dis- mass center at any distance up to 0.2 tance not less than 5 inches and not inches to the right of the intersection more than 6 inches forward of the for- of the sensitive axes specified above. A ward edge of the test surface.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.11 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(2) The pelvis is adjusted so that the accordance with paragraphs (j) (1) and upper surface of the lumbar-pelvic (2) of this section. adapter is horizontal. (4) The chest skin and abdominal sac (3) The shoulder yokes are adjusted are removed and all following measure- so that they are at the midpoint of ments are made without them. their anterior-posterior travel with (5) Seated height is measured from their upper surfaces horizontal. the seating surface to the uppermost (4) The dummy is adjusted so that point on the head-skin surface. the rear surfaces of the shoulders and (6) Shoulder pivot height is measured buttocks are tangent to a transverse from the seating surface to the center vertical plane. of the arm elevation pivot. (5) The upper legs are positioned (7) H-point locations are measured symmetrically about the midsagittal from the seating surface to the center plane so that the distance between the of the holes in the pelvis flesh covering knee pivot bolt heads is 11.6 inches. in line with the hip motion ball. (8) Knee pivot distance from the (6) The lower legs are positioned in backline is measured to the center of planes parallel to the midsagittal plane the knee pivot bolt head. so that the lines between the midpoint (9) Knee pivot distance from floor is of the knee pivots and the ankle pivots measured from the center of the knee are vertical. pivot bolt head to the bottom of the (j) The dummy’s dimensions, as spec- heel when the foot is horizontal and ified in drawing number SA 150 M002, pointing forward. are determined as follows: (10) Shoulder width measurement is (1) With the dummy seated as speci- taken at arm elevation pivot center fied in paragraph (i) of this section, the height with the centerlines between head is adjusted and secured so that its the elbow pivots and the shoulder piv- occiput is 1.7 inches forward of the ots vertical. transverse vertical plane with the (11) Hip width measurement is taken vertical mating surface of the skull at widest point of pelvic section. with its cover parallel to the trans- (k) Performance tests of the same verse vertical plane. component, segment, assembly, or (2) The thorax is adjusted and se- fully assembled dummy are separated cured so that the rear surface of the in time by a period of not less than 30 chest accelerometer mounting cavity minutes unless otherwise noted. is inclined 3° forward of vertical. (l) Surfaces of dummy components (3) Chest and waist circumference are not painted except as specified in and chest depth measurements are this part or in drawings subtended by taken with the dummy positioned in this part.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.11

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.152 § 572.11 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.153 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.11

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.154 § 572.11 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.155 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.11

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.156 § 572.15 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7153, Feb. 7, 1977]

Subpart C—3-Year-Old Child § 572.15 General description. (a) The dummy consists of the com- SOURCE: 44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979, unless ponent assemblies specified in drawing otherwise noted. SA 103C 001, which are described in their entirety by means of approximately 122 drawings and specifications

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.157 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.16

and an Operation and Maintenance (e) The structural properties of the Manual, dated May 28, 1976. The draw- dummy are such that the dummy con- ings and specifications are grouped by forms to this part in every respect both component assemblies under the fol- before and after being used in vehicle lowing thirteen headings: tests specified in Standard No. 213 of this chapter (§ 571.213). SA 103C 010 Head Assembly SA 103C 020 Neck Assembly (f) The patterns of all cast and mold- SA 103C 030 Torso Assembly ed parts for reproduction of the molds SA 103C 041 Upper Arm Assembly Left needed in manufacturing of the dum- SA 103C 042 Upper Arm Assembly Right mies can be obtained on a loan basis by SA 103C 051 Forearm Hand Assembly Left manufacturers of the testes dummies, SA 103C 052 Forearm Hand Assembly Right or others if need is shown, from: Office SA 103C 061Upper Leg Assembly Left of Vehicle Safety Standards, National SA 103C 062 Upper Leg Assembly Right Highway Traffic Safety Administra- SA 103C 071 Lower Leg Assembly Left tion, 400 Seventh Street SW., Wash- SA 103C 072 Lower Leg Assembly Right SA 103C 081 Foot Assembly left ington, DC 20590. SA 103C 082 Foot Assembly Right. [50 FR 25423, June 19, 1985] (b) The drawings, specifications, and operation and maintenance manual re- § 572.16 Head. ferred to in this regulation that are not (a) The head consists of the assembly set forth in full are hereby incor- designated as SA 103C 010 on drawing porated in this part by reference. These No. SA 103C 001, and conforms to ei- materials are thereby made part of this ther— regulation. The Director of the Federal (1) Each item specified on drawing Register has approved the materials in- SA 103C 002(B), sheet 8; or corporated by reference. For materials (2) Each item specified on drawing subject to change, only the specific SA 103C 002, sheet 8. version approved by the Director of the (b) When the head is impacted by a Federal Register and specified in the test probe specified in § 572.21(a)(1) at 7 regulation are incorporated. A notice fps, then the peak resultant accelera- of any change will be published in the tion measured at the location of the FEDERAL REGISTER. As a convenience accelerometer mounted in the to the reader, the materials incor- headform according to § 572.21(b) is not porated by reference are listed in the less than 95g and not more than 118g. Finding Aid Table found at the end of this volume of the Code of Federal Reg- (1) The recorded acceleration-time ulations. curve for this test is unimodal at or (c) The materials incorporated by above the 50g level, and lies at or above reference are available for examination that level for intervals: in Docket 78–09, Room 5109, Docket (i) In the case of the head assembly Section, National Highway Traffic specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- Safety Administration, 400 Seventh tion, not less than 1.3 milliseconds and Street SW., Washington, DC 20590. Cop- not more than 2.0 milliseconds; ies may be obtained from Rowley-Scher (ii) In the case of the head assembly Reprographics, Inc., 1216 K Street NW., specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this sec- Washington, DC 20005 ((202) 628–6667). tion, not less than 2.0 milliseconds and The materials are also on file in the not more than 3.0 milliseconds. reference library of the Office of the (2) The lateral acceleration vector Federal Register, National Archives does not exceed 7g. and Records Administration, Wash- (c) Test procedure. (1) Seat the dummy ington, DC. on a seating surface having a back sup- (d) Adjacent segments are joined in a port as specified in § 572.21(h) and ori- manner such that throughout the ent the dummy in accordance with range of motion and also under simu- § 572.21(h) and adjust the joints of the lated crash-impact conditions there is limbs at any setting between 1g and 2g, no contact between metallic elements which just supports the limbs’ weight except for contacts that exist under when the limbs are extended hori- static conditions. zontally forward.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.17 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(2) Adjust the test probe so that its position relative to the pendulum arm longitudinal centerline is at the fore- of the head center of gravity at time head at the point of orthogonal inter- zero, and (2) the position relative to section of the head midsagittal plane the pendulum arm of the head center of and the transverse plane which is per- gravity at time T as illustrated by fig- pendicular to the ‘‘Z’’ axis of the head ure 3. The peak resultant acceleration (longitudinal centerline of the skull recorded at the location of the anchor) and is located 0.6 ±0.1 inches accelerometers mounted in the above the centers of the head center of headform in accordance with § 572.21(b) gravity reference pins and coincides shall not exceed 30g. The pendulum within 2 degrees with the line made by shall not reverse direction until the the intersection of horizontal and head’s center of gravity returns to the midsagittal planes passing through original zero time position relative to this point. the pendulum arm. (3) Adjust the dummy so that the surface area on the forehead immediately Chordal Time (ms) displace- adjacent to the projected longitudinal Rotation (degrees) ± ment (2+.08T) (inches centerline of the test probe is vertical. ± (4) Impact the head with the test 0.8) probe so that at the moment of impact 0 ...... 0 0 the probe’s longitudinal centerline 30 ...... 21 2.2 falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal 60 ...... 36 4.3 Maximum ...... 62 5.8 line in the dummy’s midsagittal plane. 60 ...... 91 4.3 (5) Guide the probe during impact so 30 ...... 108 2.2 that it moves with no significant lat- 0 ...... 123 0 eral, vertical, or rotational movement. (6) Allow a time period of at least 20 (c) Test procedure. (1) Mount the head minutes between successive tests of the and neck on a rigid pendulum as speci- head. fied in Figure 4, so that the head’s midsagittal plane is vertical and coin- [44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979; 45 FR 43353, June 26, 1980, as amended at 45 FR 82267, Dec. 15, cides with the plane of motion of the 1980; 55 FR 30468, July 26, 1990] pendulum’s longitudinal centerline. Mount the neck directly to the pen- § 572.17 Neck. dulum as shown in Figure 15. (a)(1) The neck for use with the head (2) Release the pendulum and allow it assembly described in § 572.16(a)(1) con- to fall freely from a height such that sists of the assembly designated as SA the velocity at impact is 17.00 ±1.0 feet 103C 020 on drawing No. SA 103C 001, per second (fps), measured at the cen- conforms to each item specified on ter of the accelerometer specified in drawing No. SA 103C 002(B), sheet 9. figure 4. (2) The neck for use with the head as- (3) Decelerate the pendulum to a stop sembly described in § 572.16(a)(2) con- with an acceleration-time pulse de- sists of the assembly designated as SA scribed as follows: 103C 020 on drawing No. SA 103C 001, (i) Establish 5g and 20g levels on the and conforms to each item specified on a-t curve. drawing No. SA 103C 002, sheet 9. (ii) Establish t1 at the point where (b) When the head-neck assembly is the a-t curve first crosses the 5g level, tested in accordance with paragraph (c) t2 at the point where the rising a-t of this section, the head shall rotate in curve first crosses the 20g level, t3 at reference to the pendulum’s longitu- the point where the decaying a-t curve dinal centerline a total of 84 degrees ± 8 last crosses the 20g level, and t4 at the degrees about its center of gravity, ro- point where the decaying a-t curve tating to the extent specified in the first crosses the 5g level. following table at each indicated point (iii) t2–t1, shall be not more than 4 in time, measured from impact, with milliseconds. the chordal displacement measured at (iv) t3–t2, shall be not less than 18 and its center of gravity. The chordal dis- not more than 21 milliseconds. placement at time T is defined as the (v) t4–t3, shall be not more than 5 straight line distance between (1) the milliseconds.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.19

(vi) The average deceleration be- (4) Place the longitudinal centerline tween t2 and t3 shall be not less than of the test probe to coincide with the 20g and not more then 34g. designated impact point and align the (4) Allow the neck to flex without test probe so that at impact its longi- contact of the head or neck with any tudinal centerline coincides within 2 object other than the pendulum arm. degrees with the line formed by inter- (5) Allow a time period of at least 1 section of the horizontal and hour between successive tests of the midsagittal planes passing through the head and neck. designated impact point. (5) Impact the thorax with the test [44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979; 45 FR 43353, June probe so that at the moment of impact 26, 1980, as amended at 55 FR 30468, July 26, the probe’s longitudinal centerline 1990] falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal § 572.18 Thorax. line in the dummy midsagittal plane. (6) Guide the probe during impact so (a) The thorax consists of the part of that it moves with no significant lat- the torso shown in assembly drawing eral, vertical or rotational movement. SA 103C 001 by number SA 103C 030 and (7) Allow a time period of at least 20 conforms to each of the applicable minutes between successive tests of the drawings listed under this number on chest. drawing SA 103C 002, sheets 10 and 11. (b) When impacted by a test probe § 572.19 Lumbar spine, abdomen and conforming to § 572.21(a) at 13 fps in ac- pelvis. cordance with paragraph (c) of this sec- (a) The lumbar spine, abdomen, and tion, the peak resultant accelerations pelvis consist of the part of the torso at the location of the accelerometers assembly shown by number SA 103C 030 mounted in the chest cavity in accord- on drawing SA 103C 001 and conform to ance with § 572.21(c) shall be not less each of the applicable drawings listed than 50g and not more than 70g. The under this number on drawing SA 103C acceleration-time curve for the test 002, sheets 10 and 11. shall be unimodal at or above the 30g (b) When subjected to continuously level and shall lie at or above the 30g applied force in accordance with para- level for an interval not less than 2.5 graph (c) of this section, the lumbar milliseconds and not more than 4.0 mil- spine assembly shall flex by an amount liseconds. The lateral acceleration that permits the rigid thoracic spine to shall not exceed 5g. rotate from its initial position in ac- (c) Test procedure. (1) With the cordance with Figure 18 of this subpart dummy seated without back support on by 40 degrees at a force level of not less a surface as specified in § 572.21(h) and than 34 pounds and not more than 47 oriented as specified in § 572.21(h), ad- pounds, and straighten upon removal of just the dummy arms and legs until the force to within 5 degrees of its ini- they are extended horizontally forward tial position. parallel to the midsagittal plane. The (c) Test procedure. (1) The dummy joints of the limbs are adjusted at any with lower legs removed is positioned setting between 1g and 2g, which just in an upright seated position on a seat supports the limbs’ weight when the as indicated in Figure 18, ensuring that limbs are extended horizontally for- all dummy component surfaces are ward. clean, dry and untreated unless other- (2) Establish the impact point at the wise specified. chest midsagittal plane so that it is 1.5 (2) Attach the pelvis to the seating inches below the longitudinal center- surface by a bolt C/328, modified as line of the bolt that attaches the top of shown in Figure 18, and the upper legs the ribcage sternum to the thoracic at the knee axial rotation joints by the spine box. attachments shown in Figure 18. Tight- (3) Adjust the dummy so that the en the mountings so that the pelvis- tangent plane at the surface on the lumbar joining surface is horizontal thorax immediately adjacent to the and adjust the femur ball-flange screws designated impact point is vertical and at each hip socket joint to 50 inch parallel to the face of the test probe. pounds torque. Remove the head and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.20 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

the neck and install a cylindrical alu- each sensing element are positioned as minum adapter 2.0 inches in diameter specified in this paragraph, relative to and 2.80 inches long in place of the the head accelerometer reference point neck. located at the intersection of a line (3) Flex the thorax forward 50 degrees connecting the longitudinal centerlines and then rearward as necessary to re- of the transfer pins in the side of the turn to its initial position in accord- dummy head with the midsagittal ance with Figure 18 unsupported by ex- plane of the dummy head. ternal means. (1) The sensing elements of the Type (4) Apply a forward pull force in the C triaxial accelerometer are aligned as midsagittal plane at the top of the follows: neck adapter, so that at 40 degrees of (i) Align one sensitive axis parallel to the lumbar spine flexion the applied the vertical bulkhead and coincident force is perpendicular to the thoracic with the midsagittal plane, with the spine box. Apply the force at any torso seismic mass center located 0.2 inches deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 de- dorsal to, and 0.1 inches inferior to the grees per second up to 40 degrees of head accelerometer reference point. flexion but no further; continue to (ii) Align the second sensitive axis apply for 10 seconds the force necessary with the horizontal plane, perpen- to maintain 40 degrees of flexion, and dicular to the midsagittal plane, with record the highest applied force at that the seismic mass center located 0.1 time. Release all force as rapidly as inches inferior, 0.4 inches to the right possible and measure the return angle 3 of, and 0.9 inches dorsal to the head ac- minutes after the release. celerometer reference point. (iii) Align the third sensitive axis so § 572.20 Limbs. that it is parallel to the midsagittal The limbs consist of the assemblies and horizontal planes, with the seismic shown on drawing SA 103C 001 as Nos. mass center located 0.1 inches inferior SA 103C 041, SA 103C 042, SA 103C 051, to, 0.6 inches dorsal to, and 0.4 inches SA 103C 052, SA 103C 061, SA 103C 062, to the right of the head accelerometer SA 103C 071, SA 103C 072, SA 103C 081, reference point. SA 103C 082, and conform to each of the (iv) All seismic mass centers are po- applicable drawings listed under their sitioned with ±0.05 inches of the speci- respective numbers of the drawing SA fied locations. 103C 002, sheets 12 through 21. (2) The sensing elements of the Type A triaxial accelerometer are aligned as § 572.21 Test conditions and instru- follows: mentation. (i) Align one sensitive axis parallel to (a)(1) The test probe used for head the vertical bulkhead and coincident and thoracic impact tests is a cylinder with midsagittal planes, with the seis- 3 inches in diameter, 13.8 inches long, mic mass center located from 0.2 to 0.47 and weighing 10 lbs., 6 ozs. Its impact- inches dorsal to, from 0.01 inches infe- ing end has a flat right face that is rior to 0.21 inches superior, and from rigid and that has an edge radius of 0.5 0.0 to 0.17 inches left of the head accel- inches. erometer reference point. (2) The head and thorax assembly (ii) Align the second sensitive axis may be instrumented with a Type A or with the horizontal plane, perpen- Type C accelerometer. dicular to the midsagittal plane, with (i) Type A accelerometer is defined in the seismic mass center located 0.1 to drawing SA–572 S1. 0.13 inches inferior to, 0.17 to 0.4 inches (ii) Type C accelerometer is defined to the right of, and 0.47 to 0.9 inches in drawing SA–572 S2. dorsal of the head accelerometer ref- (b) Head accelerometers. Install one of erence point. the triaxial accelerometers specified in (iii) Align the third sensitive axis so § 572.21(a)(2) on a mounting block lo- that it is parallel to the midsagittal cated on the horizontal transverse and horizontal planes, with the seismic bulkhead as shown in the drawings sub- mass center located 0.1 to 0.13 inches referenced under assembly SA 103C 010 inferior to, 0.6 to 0.81 inches dorsal to, so that the seismic mass centers of and from 0.17 inches left to 0.4 inches

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.21

right of the head accelerometer ref- midsagital plane, with the seismic erence point. mass center located from 0.06 inches (c) Thorax accelerometers. Install one left to 0.2 inches right of, from 0.1 of the triaxial accelerometers specified inches inferior to 0.24 inches superior, in § 572.21(a)(2) on a mounting plate at- and 0.15 to 0.25 inches ventral to the tached to the vertical transverse bulk- thorax accelerometer reference point. head shown in the drawing subref- (iii) Align the third sensitive axis so erenced under assembly No. SA 103C 030 that it is parallel to the midsagital and in drawing SA 103C 001, so that the horizontal planes, with the seismic seismic mass centers of each sensing mass center located 0.15 to 0.25 inches element are positioned as specified in superior to, 0.28 to 0.5 inches to the this paragraph, relative to the thorax right of, and from 0.1 inches ventral to accelerometer reference point located 0.19 inches dorsal to the thorax acceler- in the midsagital plane 3 inches above ometer reference point. the top surface of the lumbar spine, (d) The outputs of accelerometers in- and 0.3 inches dorsal to the acceler- stalled in the dummy, and of test appa- ometer mounting plate surface. ratus specified by this part, are re- (1) The sensing elements of the Type corded in individual data channels that C triaxial accelerometer are aligned as conform to the requirements of SAE follows: Recommended Practice J211a, Decem- (i) Align one sensitive axis parallel to ber 1971, with channel classes as fol- the vertical bulkhead and midsagittal lows: planes, with the seismic mass center (1) Head acceleration—Class 1000. located 0.2 inches to the left of, 0.1 (2) Pendulum acceleration—Class 60. inches inferior to, and 0.2 inches ven- (3) Thorax acceleration—Class 180. tral to the thorax accelerometer ref- (e) The mountings for accelerometers erence point. have no resonance frequency less than (ii) Align the second sensitive axis so cut-off 3 times the cut-off frequency of that it is in the horizontal transverse the applicable channel class. plane, and perpendicular to the (f) Limb joints are set at the force be- midsagittal plane, with the seismic tween 1–2g, which just supports the mass center located 0.2 inches to the limbs’ weight when the limbs are ex- right of, 0.1 inches inferior to, and 0.2 tended horizontally forward. The force inches ventral to the thorax acceler- required to move a limb segment does ometer reference point. not exceed 2g throughout the range of (iii) Align the third sensitive axis so limb motion. that it is parallel to the midsagittal (g) Performance tests are conducted and horizontal planes, with the seismic at any temperature from 66 °F to 78 °F mass center located 0.2 inches superior and at any relative humidity from 10 to, 0.5 inches to the right of, and 0.1 percent to 70 percent after exposure of inches ventral to the thorax acceler- the dummy to these conditions for a ometer reference points. period of not less than 4 hours. (iv) All seismic mass centers shall be (h) For the performance tests speci- positioned within ±0.05 inches of the fied in §§ 572.16, 572.18, and 572.19, the specified locations. dummy is positioned in accordance (2) The sensing elements of the Type with Figures 16, 17, and 18 as follows: A triaxial accelerometer are aligned as (1) The dummy is placed on a flat, follows: rigid, clean, dry, horizontal surface of (i) Align one sensitive axis parallel to teflon sheeting with a smoothness of 40 the vertical bulkhead and midsagittal microinches and whose length and planes, with the seismic mass center width dimensions are not less than 16 located from 0.2 inches left to 0.28 inches, so that the dummy’s inches right, from 0.5 to 0.15 inches in- midsagittal plane is vertical and cen- ferior to, and from 0.15 to 0.25 inches tered on the test surface. For head ventral of the thorax accelerometer tests, the seat has a vertical back sup- reference point. port whose top is 12.4 ±0.2 inches above (ii) Align the second sensitive axis so the seating surface. The rear surfaces that it is in the horizontal transverse of the dummy’s shoulders and buttocks plane and perpendicular to the are touching the back support as

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.21 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

shown in Figure 16. For thorax and (4) The arms and legs are positioned lumbar spine tests, the seating surface so that their centerlines are in planes is without the back support as shown parallel to the midsagittal plane. in Figures 17 and 18, respectively. (i) The dummy’s dimensions are spec- (2) The shoulder yokes are adjusted ified in drawings No. SA 103C 002, so that they are at the midpoint of sheets 22 through 26. their anterior-posterior travel with (j) Performance tests of the same their upper surfaces horizontal. component, segment, assembly or fully (3) The dummy is adjusted for head assembled dummy are separated in time by a period of not less than 20 impact and lumbar flexion tests so that minutes unless otherwise specified. the rear surfaces of the shoulders and (k) Surfaces of the dummy compo- buttocks are tangent to a transverse nents are not painted except as speci- vertical plane. fied in this part or in drawings subtended by this part.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.21

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.158 § 572.21 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.159 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.21

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.160 § 572.25 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

[44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 82267, Dec. 15, 1980; 55 FR 30468, July 26, 1990]

Subpart D—6-Month-Old Infant dures involved in the manufacturing of this dummy. § 572.25 General description. (b) The drawings, specifications, and (a) The infant dummy is specified in construction manual referred to in this its entirety by means of 5 drawings regulation that are not set forth in full (No. SA 1001) and a construction man- are hereby incorporated in this part by ual, dated July 2, 1974, which describe reference. These materials are thereby in detail the materials and the proce-

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.161 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.31

made part of this regulation. The Di- Aid Table found at the end of this vol- rector of the Federal Register has ap- ume of the Code of Federal Regula- proved the materials incorporated by tions. reference. For materials subject to (b) The materials incorporated by change, only the specific version ap- reference are available for examination proved by the Director of the Federal in the general reference section of Register and specified in the regulation docket 74–14, Docket Section, National are incorporated. A notice of any Highway Traffic Safety Administra- change will be published in the FED- tion, Room 5109, 400 Seventh Street, ERAL REGISTER. As a convenience to SW., Washington, DC 20590. Copies may the reader, the materials incorporated be obtained from Reprographic Tech- by reference are listed in the Finding nologies, 9000 Virginia Manor Road, Aid Table found at the end of this vol- Beltsville, MD 20705, Telephone (301) ume of the Code of Federal Regula- 210–5600, Facsimile (301) 419–5069, Attn. tions. Mr. Jay Wall. Drawings and specifica- (c) The materials incorporated by tions are also on file at the National reference are available for examination Archives and Records Administration in Docket 78–09, Room 5109, Docket (NARA). For information on the avail- Section, National Highway Traffic ability of this material at NARA, call Safety Administration, 400 Seventh 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// Street SW., Washington, DC, 20590. www.archives.gov/federallregister/ Copies may be obtained from Rowley- codeloflfederallregulations/ Scher Reprographics, Inc., 1216 K ibrllocations.html. Street NW., Washington, DC 20005 ((202) 628–6667). The materials are also on file [51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 61 FR 67955, Dec. 26, 1996] in the reference library of the Office of the Federal Register, National Ar- § 572.31 General description. chives and Records Administration, Washington, DC. (a) The Hybrid III 50th percentile size (d) The structural properties of the dummy consists of components and as- dummy are such that the dummy con- semblies specified in the forms to this part in every respect both Anthropomorphic Test Dummy draw- before and after being used in vehicle ing and specifications package which tests specified in Standard No. 213 of consists of the following six items: this chapter (§ 571.213). (1) The Anthropomorphic Test Dummy Parts List, dated June 26, 1998, [50 FR 25424, June 19, 1985] and containing 16 pages, and a Parts List Index, dated June 26, 1998, con- Subpart E—Hybrid III Test Dummy taining 8 pages. (2) A listing of Hybrid III Dummy SOURCE: 51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, unless Transducers-reference document otherwise noted. AGARD-AR-330, ‘‘Anthropomorphic Dummies for Crash and Escape System § 572.30 Incorporated materials. Testing’’, Chapter 6, Table 6–2, North (a) The drawings and specifications Atlantic Treaty Organization, July, referred to in this regulation that are 1996. not set forth in full are hereby incor- (3) A General Motors Drawing Pack- porated in this part by reference. The age identified by GM Drawing No. Director of the Federal Register has 78051–218, revision U, titled ‘‘Hybrid III approved the materials incorporated by Anthropomorphic Test Dummy,’’ dated reference. For materials subject to August 30, 1998, the following compo- change, only the specific version ap- nent assemblies, and subordinate draw- proved by the Director of the Federal ings: Register and specified in the regulation Revi- are incorporated. A notice of any Drawing No. sion change will be published in the FED- ERAL REGISTER. As a convenience to 78051–61X head assembly-complete, (May 20, 1978) ...... (T) the reader, the materials incorporated 78051–90 neck assembly-complete, dated May 20, by reference are listed in the Finding 1978 ...... (A)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.32 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

test specified in Standard No. 208 of Drawing No. Revi- sion this chapter (§ 571.208). 78051–89 upper torso assembly-complete, dated [51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 May 20, 1978 ...... (K) FR 8764, Mar. 17, 1988; 57 FR 47010, Oct. 14, 78051–70 lower torso assembly-complete, dated 1992; 61 FR 67955, Dec. 26, 1996; 62 FR 27514, June 30, 1998, except for drawing No. 78051–55, ‘‘Instrumentation Assembly-Pelvic Acceler- May 20, 1997; 63 FR 5747, Feb. 4, 1998; 63 FR ometer,’’ dated August 2, 1979 ...... (F) 53851, Oct. 7, 1998] 86–5001–001 leg assembly-complete (LH), dated March 26, 1996 ...... (A) § 572.32 Head. 86–5001–002 leg assembly-complete (RH), dated March 26, 1996 ...... (A) (a) The head consists of the assembly 78051–123 arm assembly-complete (LH), dated shown in drawing 78051–61X, revision C, May 20, 1996 ...... (D) and conforms to each of the drawings 78051–124 arm assembly-complete (RH), dated subtended therein. May 20, 1978 ...... (D) (b) When the head (Drawing number 78051–59 pelvic assembly-complete, dated June 30, 1998 ...... (G) 78051–61X, titled ‘‘head assembly—com- 78051–60 pelvic structure-molded, dated June 30, plete,’’ dated March 28, 1997 (Revision 1998 ...... (E) C) with six axis neck transducer structural replacement (Drawing number (4) Disassembly, Inspection, Assem- 78051–383X, Revision P, titled ‘‘Neck bly and Limbs Adjustment Procedures Transducer Structural Replacement,’’ for the Hybrid III dummy, dated June dated November 1, 1995) is dropped from 1998. a height of 14.8 inches in accordance (5) Sign Convention for signal out- with paragraph (c) of this section, the puts—reference document SAE J1733 peak resultant accelerations at the lo- Information Report, titled ‘‘Sign Con- cation of the accelerometers mounted vention for Vehicle Crash Testing’’, in the head in accordance with dated 1994–12. § 572.36(c) shall not be less than 225g, (6) Exterior dimensions of the Hybrid and not more than 275g. The accelera- III dummy, dated July 15, 1986. tion/time curve for the test shall be (b) [Reserved] unimodal to the extent that oscilla- (c) Adjacent segments are joined in a tions occurring after the main acceleration pulse are less than ten percent manner such that throughout the (zero to peak) of the main pulse. The range of motion and also under crash- lateral acceleration vector shall not impact conditions, there is no contact exceed 15g (zero to peak). between metallic elements except for (c) Test procedure. (1) Soak the head contacts that exist under static condi- assembly in a test environment at any tions. temperature between 66 degrees F to 78 (d) The weights, inertial properties degrees F and at a relative humidity and centers of gravity location of com- from 10% to 70% for a period of at least ponent assemblies shall conform to four hours prior to its application in a those listed in drawing 78051–338, revi- test. sion S, titled ‘‘Segment Weights, Iner- (2) Clean the head’s skin surface and tial Properties, Center of Gravity Lo- the surface of the impact plate with cation—Hybrid III,’’ dated May 20, 1978 1,1,1 Trichlorethane or equivalent. of drawing No. 78051–218. (3) Suspend the head, as shown in (e) The structural properties of the Figure 19, so that the lowest point on dummy are such that the dummy con- the forehead is 0.5 inches below the forms to this part in every respect both lowest point on the dummy’s nose before and after being used in vehicle when the midsagittal plane is vertical.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.32

(4) Drop the head from the specified inches (rms) and not more than 80 height by means that ensure instant microinches (rms). release into a rigidly supported flat (5) Allow at least 3 hours between horizontal steel plate, which is 2 inches successive tests on the same head. thick and 2 feet square. The plate shall [51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 62 have a clean, dry surface and any FR 27514, May 20, 1997] microfinish of not less than 8 micro-

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.162 § 572.33 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

§ 572.33 Neck. axis force sensor (Channel Class 600) of (a) The neck consists of the assembly the six axis neck transducer. The mo- shown in drawing 78051–90, revision A ment shall have a maximum value be- and conforms to each of the drawings tween 65 lbs-ft and 80 lbs-ft occurring subtended therein. between 47ms and 58 ms, and the posi- (b) When the head and neck assembly tive moment shall decay for the first (consisting of the parts 78051–61X, revi- time to 0 lb-ft between 97 ms and 107 sion C; –90, revision A; –84; –94; –98; –104, ms. revision F; –303, revision E; –305; –306; (2) Extension. (i) Plane D, referenced –307, revision X) which has a six axis in Figure 21, shall rotate between 81 de- neck transducer (Drawing number C– grees and 106 degrees, which shall occur 1709, Revision D, titled ‘‘Neck trans- between 72 ms and 82 ms from time ducer,’’ dated February 1, 1993.) in- zero. In first rebound, rotation of Plane stalled in conformance with § 572.36(d), D shall cross 0 degrees between 147 ms is tested in accordance with paragraph and 174 ms. (c) of this section, it shall have the fol- (ii) The moment measured by the six lowing characteristics: axis neck transducer (drawing C–1709, (1) Flexion. (i) Plane D, referenced in revision D) about the occipital Figure 20, shall rotate between 64 de- condyles, referenced in Figure 21, shall grees and 78 degrees, which shall occur between 57 milliseconds (ms) and 64 ms be calculated by the following formula: ¥ × from time zero. In first rebound, the Moment (lbs-ft) = My 0.058 Fx, rotation of Plane D shall cross 0 de- where My is the moment measured in grees between 113 ms and 128 ms. lbs-ft by the ‘‘Y’’ axis moment sensor (ii) The moment measured by the six of the six axis neck transducer and Fx axis neck transducer (drawing C–1709, is the force measured in lbs by the ‘‘X’’ revision D) about the occipital axis force sensor (Channel Class 600) of condyles, referenced in Figure 20, shall the six axis neck transducer. The mo- be calculated by the following formula: ment shall have a maximum value be- Moment (lbs-ft) = My¥0.058 × Fx, tween—39 lbs-ft and –59 lbs-ft, occur- where My is the moment measured in ring between 65 ms and 79 ms, and the lbs-ft by the ‘‘Y’’ axis moment sensor negative moment shall decay for the of the six axis neck transducer and Fx first time to 0 lb-ft between 120 ms and is the force measured in lbs by the ‘‘X’’ 148 ms.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.33

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER20MY97.000 § 572.33 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(c) Test procedure. (1) Soak the test (3) Mount the head-neck assembly, material in a test environment at any defined in paragraph (b) of this section, temperature between 69 degrees F to 72 on a rigid pendulum as shown in Figure degrees F and at a relative humidity 22 so that the head’s midsagittal plane from 10% to 70% for a period of at least is vertical and coincides with the plane four hours prior to its application in a of motion of the pendulum’s longitu- test. dinal axis. (2) Torque the jamnut (78051–64) on the neck cable (78051–301, revision E) to 1.0 lbs-ft ±.2 lbs-ft.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER20MY97.001 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.33

(4) Release the pendulum and allow it cross 5g between 34 ms and 42 ms. The to fall freely from a height such that pendulum deceleration vs. time pulse the tangential velocity at the pen- for extension testing shall conform to dulum accelerometer centerline at the the characteristics shown in Table B instance of contact with the honey- and the decaying deceleration-time comb is 23.0 ft/sec ±0.4 ft/sec. for flexion curve shall cross 5g between 38 ms and testing and 19.9 ft/sec. ±0.4 ft/sec. for ex- 46 ms. tension testing. The pendulum deceleration vs. time pulse for flexion testing shall conform to the characteristics shown in Table A and the decaying deceleration-time curve shall first

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.165 § 572.33 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE A—FLEXION PENDULUM DECELERATION (5) Allow the neck to flex without im- VS. TIME PULSE pact of the head or neck with any object during the test. Flexion de- Time (ms) celeration level (g) [51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8765, Mar. 17, 1988; 62 FR 27514, May 20, 10 ...... 22.50–27.50 1997] 20 ...... 17.60–22.60 30 ...... 12.50–18.50 EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 76 FR 31864, June Any other time above 30 ms ...... 29 maximum. 2, 2011, § 572.33(c)(3), Figure 22 was revised, effective Nov. 29, 2011. For the convenience of TABLE B—EXTENSION PENDULUM the user, the revised text is set forth as fol- DECELERATION VS. TIME PULSE lows:

Extension de- § 572.33 Neck. Time (ms) celeration level (g) * * * * * 10 ...... 17.20–21.20 20 ...... 14.00–19.00 (c) * * * 30 ...... 11.00–16.00 (3) * * * Any other time above 30 ms ...... 22 maximum.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.34

* * * * * dummy assembly (78051–218, revision U, without shoes, shall resist with a force § 572.34 Thorax. of 1242.5 pounds ±82.5 pounds measured (a) The thorax consists of the upper by the test probe and shall have a ster- torso assembly in drawing 78051–89, re- num displacement measured relative to vision K and shall conform to each of spine of 2.68 inches ±0.18 inches. The in- the drawings subtended therein. ternal hysteresis in each impact shall (b) When impacted by a test probe be more than 69% but less than 85%. conforming to § 572.36(a) at 22 fps ±0.40 The force measured is the product of fps in accordance with paragraph (c) of pendulum mass and deceleration. this section, the thorax of a complete

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER02JN11.011 § 572.34 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(c) Test procedure. (1) Soak the test (2) Seat the dummy without back and dummy in an environment with a rel- arm supports on a surface as shown in ative humidity from 10% to 70% until Figure 23, and set the angle of the pel- the temperature of the ribs of the test vic bone at 13 degrees plus or minus 2 dummy have stabilized at a tempera- degrees, using the procedure described ture between 69 degrees F and 72 de- in S11.4.3.2 of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208 grees F. of this chapter).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.34

(3) Place the longitudinal centerline 79051–64, revision A-M) as shown in Fig- of the test probe so that it is .5 ±.04 in. ure 23. below the horizontal centerline of the No. 3 Rib (reference drawing number

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.166 § 572.35 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(4) Align the test probe specified in (ii) Soak the test material in a test § 572.36(a) so that at impact its longitu- environment at any temperature be- dinal centerline coincides within .5 de- tween 66 degrees F to 78 degrees F and gree of a horizontal line in the dum- at a relative humidity from 10% to 70% my’s midsagittal plane. for a period of at least four hours prior (5) Impact the thorax with the test to its application in a test. probe so that the longitudinal center- (iii) Mount the test material with the line of the test probe falls within 2 de- leg assembly secured through the load grees of a horizontal line in the dummy cell simulator to a rigid surface as midsagittal plane at the moment of shown in Figure 24. No contact is per- impact. mitted between the foot and any other (6) Guide the probe during impact so exterior surfaces. that it moves with no significant lat- (iv) Place the longitudinal centerline eral, vertical, or rotational movement. of the test probe so that at contact (7) Measure the horizontal deflection with the knee it is collinear within 2 of the sternum relative to the thoracic degrees with the longitudinal center- spine along the line established by the line of the femur load cell simulator. longitudinal centerline of the probe at (v) Guide the pendulum so that there the moment of impact, using a poten- is no significant lateral, vertical or ro- tiometer (ref. drawing 78051–317, revi- tational movement at time zero. sion A) mounted inside the sternum as (vi) Impact the knee with the test shown in drawing 78051–89, revision I. probe so that the longitudinal center- (8) Measure hysteresis by deter- line of the test probe at the instant of mining the ratio of the area between impact falls within .5 degrees of a hori- the loading and unloading portions of zontal line parallel to the femur load the force deflection curve to the area cell simulator at time zero. under the loading portion of the curve. (vii) Time zero is defined as the time [51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 of contact between the test probe and FR 8765, Mar. 17, 1988; 62 FR 27518, May 20, the knee. 1997; 63 FR 53851, Oct. 7, 1998] (c) Hip joint-femur flexion. (1) When each femur is rotated in the flexion di- § 572.35 Limbs. rection in accordance with paragraph (a) The limbs consist of the following (c)(2) of this section, the femur torque assemblies: leg assemblies 86–5001–001, at 30 deg. rotation from its initial hori- revision A and –002, revision A, and zontal orientation will not be more arm assemblies 78051–123, revision D than 70 ft-lbf, and at 150 ft-lbf of torque and –124, revision D, and shall conform will not be less than 40 deg. or more to the drawings subtended therein. than 50 deg. (b) Femur impact response. (1) When (2) Test procedure. (i) The test mate- each knee of the leg assemblies is im- rial consists of the assembled dummy, pacted in accordance with paragraph part No. 78051–218 (revision S) except (b)(2) of this section, at 6.9 ft/sec ±0.10 that (1) leg assemblies (86–5001–001 and ft/sec by the pendulum defined in 002) are separated from the dummy by § 572.36(b), the peak knee impact force, removing the 3/8–16 Socket Head Cap which is a product of pendulum mass Screw (SHCS) (78051–99) but retaining and acceleration, shall have a min- the structural assembly of the upper imum value of not less than 1060 legs (78051–43 and –44), (2) the abdom- pounds and a maximum value of not inal insert (78051–52) is removed and (3) more than 1300 pounds. the instrument cover plate (78051–13) in (2) Test procedure. (i) The test mate- the pelvic bone is replaced by a rigid rial consists of leg assemblies (86–5001– pelvic bone stabilizer insert (Figure 001, revision A) left and (–002, revision 25a) and firmly secured. A) right with upper leg assemblies (ii) Seat the dummy on a rigid seat (78051–46) left and (78051–47) right re- fixture (Figure 25) and firmly secure it moved. The load cell simulator (78051– to the seat back by bolting the sta- 319, revision A) is used to secure the bilizer insert and the rigid support de- knee cap assemblies (79051–16, revision vice (Figure 25b) to the seat back of the B) as shown in Figure 24. test fixture (Figures 26 and 27) while

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.35

maintaining the pelvis (78051–58) ‘‘B’’ ing the 1/2 in. shoulder bolt longitu- plane horizontal. dinal centerline horizontal throughout (iii) Insert a lever arm into the femur the range of motion until the 150 ft-lbf shaft opening of the upper leg struc- torque level is reached. Record the ture assembly (78051–43/44) and firmly torque and angle of rotation of the secure it using the 3/8–16 socket head femur. cap screws. (v) Operating environment and tem- (iv) Lift the lever arm parallel to the perature are the same as specified in midsagittal plane at a rotation rate of paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. 5 to 10 deg. per second while maintain-

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.167 § 572.35 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER26DE96.004 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.35

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER26DE96.005 ER26DE96.006 § 572.35 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER26DE96.007 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.36

[51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8765, Mar. 17, 1988; 61 FR 67955, Dec. 26, 1997; 63 FR 5748, Feb. 4, 1998]

§ 572.36 Test conditions and instru- the longitudinal centerline of the cyl- mentation. inder. (a) The test probe used for thoracic (b) Test probe used for the knee im- impact tests is a 6 inch diameter cyl- pact tests is a 3 inch diameter cylinder inder that weighs 51.5 pounds including that weights 11 pounds including in- instrumentation. Its impacting end has strumentation. Its impacting end has a a flat right angle face that is rigid and flat right angle face that is rigid and has an edge radius of 0.5 inches. The has an edge radius of 0.02 inches. The test probe has an accelerometer test probe has an accelerometer mounted on the end opposite from im- mounted on the end opposite from impact with its sensitive axis colinear to pact with its sensitive axis colinear to

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER26DE96.008 § 572.40 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

the longitudinal centerline of the cyl- (3) Neck moments—Class 600 inder. (4) Neck pendulum acceleration— (c) Head accelerometers shall have Class 60 dimensions and response characteris- (5) Thorax and thorax pendulum ac- tics specified in drawing 78051–136, revi- celeration—Class 180 sion A, or its equivalent, and the loca- (6) Thorax deflection—Class 180 tion of their seismic mass as mounted (7) Knee pendulum acceleration— in the skull are shown in drawing C– Class 600 1709, revision D. (8) Femur force—Class 600 (d) The six axis neck transducer shall (j) Coordinate signs for instrumenta- have the dimensions, response charac- tion polarity conform to the sign con- teristics, and sensitive axis locations vention shown in the document incor- specified in drawing C–1709, revision D porated by § 572.31(a)(5). and be mounted for testing as shown in (k) The mountings for sensing de- Figures 20 and 21 of § 572.33, and in the vices shall have no resonance fre- assembly drawing 78051–218, revision T. quency within range of 3 times the fre- (e) The chest accelerometers shall quency range of the applicable channel have the dimensions, response charac- class. teristics, and sensitive mass locations (l) Limb joints are set at lg, barely specified in drawing 78051–136, revision restraining the weight of the limb A or its equivalent and be mounted as when it is extended horizontally. The shown with adaptor assembly 78051–116, force required to move a limb segment revision D for assembly into 78051–218, shall not exceed 2g throughout the revision T. range of limb motion. (f) The chest deflection transducer (m) Performance tests of the same shall have the dimensions and response component, segment, assembly, or characteristics specified in drawing fully assembled dummy are separated 78051–342, revision A or its equivalent in time by period of not less than 30 and be mounted in the chest deflection minutes unless otherwise noted. transducer assembly 78051–317, revision (n) Surfaces of dummy components are not painted except as specified in A for assembly into 78051–218, revision this part or in drawings subtended by T. this part. (g) The thorax and knee impactor accelerometers shall have the dimen- [51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 sions and characteristics of Endevco FR 8765, Mar. 17, 1988; 62 FR 27518, May 20, Model 7231c or equivalent. Each accel- 1997; 63 FR 45965, Aug. 28, 1998] erometer shall be mounted with its sensitive axis colinear with the pen- Subpart F—Side Impact Dummy dulum’s longitudinal centerline. 50th Percentile Male (h) The femur load cell shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, SOURCE: 55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, unless and sensitive axis locations specified in otherwise noted. drawing 78051–265 or its equivalent and be mounted in assemblies 78051–46 and § 572.40 Incorporated materials. –47 for assembly into 78051–218, revision (a) The drawings, specifications, T. manual, and computer program re- (i) The outputs of acceleration and ferred to in this regulation that are not force-sensing devices installed in the set forth in full are hereby incor- dummy and in the test apparatus speci- porated in this part by reference. These fied by this part are recorded in indi- materials are thereby made part of this vidual data channels that conform to regulation. The Director of the Federal requirements of Society of Automotive Register has approved the materials in- Engineers (SAE) Recommended Prac- corporated by reference. For materials tice J211 Mar95, Instrumentation for subject to change, only the specific Impact Tests, Parts 1 and 2. SAE J211 version approved by the Director of the Mar95 sets forth the following channel Federal Register and specified in the classes: regulation are incorporated. A notice (1) Head acceleration—Class 1000 of any change will be published in the (2) Neck forces—Class 1000 FEDERAL REGISTER. As a convenience

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.42

to the reader, the materials incor- (both dated May 12, 1994), and Washer porated by reference are listed in the 78051–243. Finding Aids Table found at the end of (5) The abdomen and pelvis consist of this volume of the Code of Federal Reg- the assembly specified in subpart B of ulations. this part (§ 572.9) and conform to the (b) The materials incorporated in drawings subtended by SA 150 M060, the this part by reference are available for drawings subtended by SA-SID-M060 re- examination in the general reference vision A, dated May 18, 1994, and the section of Docket 79–04, Docket Sec- drawings subtended by SA-SID-087 tion, National Highway Traffic Safety sheet 1 revision H, dated May 18, 1994, Administration, room 5109, 400 Seventh and SA-SID-087 sheet 2 revision H. St., S.W., Washington, D.C., 20590, tele- (6) The lower limbs consist of the as- phone (202) 366–4949. Copies may be ob- semblies specified in subpart B (§ 572.10) tained from Reprographic Tech- shown as SA 150 M080 and SA 150 M081 nologies, 9000 Virginia Manor Rd., in Figure 1 and SA-SID-M080 and SA- Suite 210, Beltsville, MD, 20705, Tele- SID-M081, both dated August 13, 1987, phone (301) 419–5070, Fax (301) 419–5069. and conform to the drawings subtended by those numbers. [55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, as amended at 63 FR 16140, Apr. 2, 1998] (b) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy con- § 572.41 General description. forms to the requirements of this subpart in every respect both before and (a) The dummy consists of compo- after being used in vehicle tests speci- nent parts and component assemblies fied in Standard No 214 § 571.214 of this (SA-SID-M001, revision C, dated Sep- chapter. tember 12, 1996, and SA-SID-M001A, revision B, dated September 12, 1996), (c) Disassembly, inspection, and as- which are described in approximately sembly procedures; external dimen- 250 drawings and specifications that sions and weight; and a dummy draw- are set forth in § 572.5(a) of this chapter ing list are set forth in the Side Impact with the following changes and addi- Dummy (SID) User’s Manual, dated tions which are described in approxi- May 1994 except for pages 7, 20 and 23, mately 85 drawings and specifications and appendix A (consisting of replace- (incorporated by reference; see § 572.40): ment pages 7, 20 and 23) dated January 20, 1998 (incorporated by reference; see (1) The head assembly consists of the § 572.40). assembly specified in subpart B (§ 572.6(a)) and conforms to each of the [55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, as amended at 59 drawings subtended under drawing SA FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994; 63 FR 16140, Apr. 2, 150 M010 and drawings specified in SA- 1998] SID-M010, dated August 13, 1987. (2) The neck assembly consists of the § 572.42 Thorax. assembly specified in subpart B (a) When the thorax of a completely (§ 572.7(a)) and conforms to each of the assembled dummy (SA-SID-M001A revi- drawings subtended under drawing SA sion A, dated May 18, 1994, incorporated 150 M020 and drawings shown in SA- by reference; see § 572.40), appropriately SID-M010, dated August 13, 1987. assembled for right or left side impact, (3) The thorax assembly consists of is impacted by a test probe conforming the assembly shown as number SID–053 to § 572.44(a) at 14 fps in accordance and conforms to each applicable draw- with paragraph (b) of this section, the ing subtended by number SA-SID-M030 peak accelerations at the location of revision A, dated May 18, 1994. the accelerometers mounted on the (4) The lumbar spine consists of the thorax in accordance with § 572.44(b) assembly specified in subpart B shall be: (§ 572.9(a)) and conforms to drawing SA (1) For the accelerometer at the top 150 M050 and drawings subtended by of the Rib Bar on the struck side (LUR SA-SID-M050 revision B, dated Sep- or RUR) not less than 37 g’s and not tember 12, 1996, including the addition more than 46 g’s. of Lumbar Spacers-Lower SID-SM-001 (2) For the accelerometer at the bot- and Lumbar Spacers-Upper SID-SM-002 tom of the Rib Bar on the struck side

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.43 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(LLR or RLR) not less than 37 g’s and celerometer mounted in the pelvis cav- not more than 46 g’s. ity in accordance with § 572.44(c) shall (3) For the lower thoracic spine (T12) be not less than 40g and not more than not less than 15 g’s and not more than 60g. The acceleration-time curve for 22 g’s. the test shall be unimodal and shall lie (b) Test Procedure. (1) Adjust the at or above the +20g level for an inter- dummy legs as specified in § 572.44(f). val not less than 3 milliseconds and not Seat the dummy on a seating surface more than 7 milliseconds. as specified in § 572.44(h) with the limbs (b) Test Procedure. (1) Adjust the extended horizontally forward. dummy legs as specified in § 572.44(f). (2) Place the longitudinal centerline Seat the dummy on a seating surface of the test probe at the lateral side of as specified in § 572.44(h) with the limbs the chest at the intersection of the extended horizontally forward. centerlines of the third rib and the Rib (2) Place the longitudinal centerline Bar on the desired side of impact. This of the test probe at the lateral side of is the left side if the dummy is to be the pelvis at a point 3.9 inches vertical used on the driver’s side of the vehicle from the seating surface and 4.8 inches and the right side if the dummy is to ventral to a transverse vertical plane be used on the passenger side of the ve- which is tangent to the back of the hicle. The probe’s centerline is perpen- dummy’s buttocks. dicular to thorax’s midsagittal plane. (3) Align the test probe so that at im- (3) Align the test probe so that its pact its longitudinal centerline coin- longitudinal centerline coincides with cides with the line formed by intersec- the line formed by the intersection of tion of the horizontal and vertical the transverse and frontal planes per- planes perpendicular to the midsagittal pendicular to the chest’s midsagittal plane passing through the designated plane passing through the designated impact point. impact point. (4) Adjust the dummy so that its (4) Position the dummy as specified midsagittal plane is vertical and the in § 572.44(h), so that the thorax’s rear surfaces of the thorax and but- midsagittal plane and tangential plane tocks are tangent to a transverse to the Hinge Mounting Block (Drawing vertical plane. SID–034) are vertical. (5) Impact the pelvis with the test (5) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of impact probe so that at the moment of impact the probe’s longitudinal centerline at the designated impact point, the falls within 2 degrees of the line speci- probe’s longitudinal centerline falls fied in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. within 2 degrees of a horizontal line (6) Guide the test probe during im- perpendicular to the dummy’s pact so that it moves with no signifi- midsagittal plane and passing through cant lateral, vertical or rotational the designated impact point. movement. (6) Guide the probe during impact so (7) Allow a time period of at least 2 that it moves with no significant lat- hours between successive tests of the eral, vertical or rotational movement. pelvis. (7) Allow a time period of at least 20 minutes between successive tests of the [55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, as amended at 59 chest. FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994; 63 FR 16140, Apr. 2, 1998] [59 FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994] § 572.44 Instrumentation and test conditions. § 572.43 Lumbar spine and pelvis. (a) The test probe used for lateral (a) When the pelvis of a fully assem- thoracic and pelvis impact tests is a 6 bled dummy (SA-SID-M001A revision B, inch diameter cylinder that weighs 51.5 dated September 12, 1996, (incorporated pounds including instrumentation. Its by reference; see § 572.40) is impacted impacting end has a flat right angle laterally by a test probe conforming to face that is rigid and has an edge ra- § 572.44(a) at 14 fps in accordance with dius of 0.5 inches. paragraph (b) of this section, the peak (b) Three accelerometers are mount- acceleration at the location of the ac- ed in the thorax for measurement of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.44

lateral accelerations with each incorporated by reference in this part accelerometer’s sensitive axis aligned (see § 572.40). The data are processed in to be closely perpendicular to the the following manner: thorax’s midsagittal plane. The (1) Analog data recorded in accord- accelerometers are mounted in the fol- ance with SAE J–211 (1980) rec- lowing locations: ommended practice channel class 1000 (1) One accelerometer is mounted on specification. the thorax to lumbar adaptor (SID–005 (2) Filter the data with a 300 Hz, SAE revision F, dated May 18, 1994, incor- Class 180 filter; porated by reference; see § 572.40) with (3) Subsample the data to a 1600 Hz seismic mass center located 0.5 inches sampling rate; toward the impact side, 0.1 inches up- (4) Remove the bias from the subsam- ward and 1.86 inches rearward from the pled data, and reference point shown in Figure 30 in (5) Filter the data with the FIR100 appendix A to subpart F of part 572. Filter Program (Version 1.0, July 16, Maximum permissible variation of the 1990), which has the following charac- seismic location must not exceed 0.2 teristics— inches spherical radius. (i) Passband frequency, 100 Hz. (2) Two accelerometers are mounted, (ii) Stopband frequency, 189 Hz. one on the top and the other at the bot- (iii) Stopband gain, ¥50 db. tom part of the Rib Bar (SID–024) on (iv) Passband ripple, 0.0225 db. the struck side. Their seismic mass (e) The mountings for the spine, rib centers are at any distance up to .4 and pelvis accelerometers shall have no inches from a point on the Rib Bar sur- resonance frequency within a range of 3 face located on its longitudinal center times the frequency range of the appli- line .75 inches from the top for the top cable channel class. accelerometer and .75 inches from the (f) Limb joints of the test dummy are bottom, for the bottom accelerometer. set at the force between 1–2 g’s, which (c) One accelerometer is mounted in just supports the limbs’ weight when the pelvis for measurement of the lat- the limbs are extended horizontally eral acceleration with its sensitive axis forward. The force required to move a perpendicular to the pelvic midsagittal limb segment does not exceed 2 g’s plane. The accelerometer is mounted throughout the range of limb motion. on the rear wall of the instrumentation (g) Performance tests are conducted cavity of the pelvis (SID–087 revision H, at any temperature from 66 °F to 78 °F dated May 18, 1994, incorporated by ref- and at any relative humidity from 10 erence; see § 572.40). The percent to 70 percent after exposure of accelerometer’s seismic mass with re- the dummy to these conditions for a spect to the mounting bolt center line period of not less than 4 hours. is 0.9 inches up, 0.7 inches to the left (h) For the performance of tests spec- for left side impact and 0.03 inches to ified in §§ 572.42 and 572.43, the dummy the left for right side impact, and 0.5 is positioned as follows: inches rearward from the rear wall (1) The dummy is placed on a flat, mounting surface as shown in Figure 31 rigid, clean, dry, horizontal smooth in appendix A to subpart F of part 572. aluminum surface whose length and Maximum permissible variation of the width dimensions are not less than 16 seismic location must not exceed 0.2 inches, so that the dummy’s inches spherical radius. midsagittal plane is vertical and cen- (d) Instrumentation and sensors used tered on the test surface. The dummy’s must conform to the SAE J–211 (1980) torso is positioned to meet the require- recommended practice requirements ments of § 572.42 and § 572.43. The seat- (incorporated by reference; see § 572.40). ing surface is without the back support The outputs of the accelerometers in- and the test dummy is positioned so stalled in the dummy are then proc- that the dummy’s midsagittal plane is essed with the software for the Finite vertical and centered on the seat sur- Impulse Response (FIR) filter (FIR 100 face. software). The FORTRAN program for (2) The legs are positioned so that this FIR 100 software (FIR100 Filter their centerlines are in planes parallel Program, Version 1.0, July 16, 1990) is to the midsagittal plane.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.44 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(3) Performance pre-tests of the as- fied in this part or in drawings sub- sembled dummy are separated in time tended by this part. by a period of not less than 20 minutes unless otherwise specified. [55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 47011, Sept. 17, 1991; 59 FR 52091, Oct. 14, (4) Surfaces of the dummy compo- 1994] nents are not painted except as speci-

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. F, App. A

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART F OF PART 572—FIGURES

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.168 Pt. 572, Subpt. F, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

[59 FR 52092, Oct. 14, 1994]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14OC94.001 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.72

Subparts G–H [Reserved] Reprographic Technologies, 9000 Vir- ginia Manor Rd., Beltsville, MD 20705, Subpart I—6-Year-Old Child Telephone (301) 210–5600, Fax (301) 210– 5607. (2) A User’s Manual entitled, ‘‘Six- SOURCE: 56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, unless Year-Old Size Child Test Dummy otherwise noted. SA106C,’’ October 28, 1991, is available § 572.70 Incorporation by reference. from Reprographic Technologies at the address in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- (a) The drawings and specifications tion. referred to in §§ 572.71(a) and 572.71(b) (3) SAE Recommended Practice J211, are hereby incorporated in subpart I by Instrumentation for Impact Test, June reference. These materials are thereby 1988, is available from the Society of made part of this regulation. The Di- Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Com- rector of the Federal Register approved monwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA the materials incorporated by ref- 15096–0001. erence in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the [56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 62 materials may be inspected at FR 44226, Aug. 20, 1997] NHTSA’s Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street, SW., room 5109, Washington, § 572.71 General description. DC, or at the National Archives and (a) The representative 6-year-old Records Administration (NARA). For dummy consists of a drawings and information on the availability of this specifications package that contains material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or the following materials: go to: http://www.archives.gov/ (1) Technical drawings, specifica- federallregister/ tions, and the parts list package shown codeloflfederallregulations/ in SA 106C 001, sheets 1 through 18, re- ibrllocations.html. released July 11, 1997; (b) The incorporated material is (2) A user’s manual entitled, ‘‘Six- available as follows: Year-Old Size Child Test Dummy (1) Drawing number SA 106 C001 SA106C,’’ October 28, 1991. sheets 1 through 18, and the drawings (b) The dummy is made up of the listed in the parts lists described on component assemblies set out in Table sheets 8 through 17, are available from A:

TABLE A

Assembly drawing No. Drawing title Listed on drawing No. Revision

SA 106C 010 ...... Head Assembly ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 8 ...... A SA 106C 020 ...... Neck Assembly ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 9 ...... A SA 106C 030 ...... Thorax Assembly ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 10 ...... C SA 106C 030 ...... Thorax Assembly ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 11 ...... D SA 106C 041 ...... Arm Assembly (right) ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 14 ...... A SA 106C 042 ...... Arm Assembly (left) ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 15 ...... A SA 106C 050 ...... Lumbar Spine Assembly ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 12 ...... A SA 106C 060 ...... Pelvis Assembly ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 13 ...... A SA 106C 071 ...... Leg Assembly (right) ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 16 ...... A SA 106C 072 ...... Leg Assembly (left) ...... SA 106C 001, sheet 17 ...... A

(c) Adjacent segments are joined in a before and after its use in any test manner such that except for contacts similar to those specified in Standard existing under static conditions, there 213, Child Restraint Systems. is no contact between metallic ele- [56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 62 ments throughout the range of motion FR 44226, Aug. 20, 1997] or under simulated crash-impact conditions. § 572.72 Head assembly and test proce- (d) The structural properties of the dure. dummy are such that the dummy con- (a) Head assembly. The head consists forms to this part in every respect both of the assembly designated as SA 106

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.73 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

010 on drawing No. SA 106C 001, sheet 2, 020 on drawing SA 106C 001, sheet 2, and and conforms to each drawing listed on conforms to each drawing listed on SA SA 106C 001, sheet 8. 106C 001, sheet 9. (b) Head assembly impact response re- (b) Neck assembly impact response requirements. When the head is impacted quirements. When the head-neck assem- by a test probe conforming to bly (SA 106C 010 and SA 106C 020) is § 572.77(a)(1) at 7 feet per second (fps) tested according to the test procedure according to the test procedure in in § 572.73(c), the head: paragraph (c) of this section, then the (1) Shall rotate, while translating in resultant head acceleration measured the direction of the pendulum at the location of the accelerometer in- preimpact flight, in reference to the stalled in the headform according to pendulum’s longitudinal center line a § 577.77(b) is not less than 130g and not total of 78 degrees ±6 degrees about the more than 160g. head’s center of gravity; and (1) The recorded acceleration-time (2) Shall rotate to the extent speci- curve for this test is unimodal at or fied in Table B at each indicated point above the 50g level, and lies at or above in time, measured from time of impact, that level for an interval not less than with the chordal displacement meas- 1.0 and not more than 2.0 milliseconds. ured at the head’s center of gravity. (2) The lateral acceleration vector (i) Chordal displacement at time ‘‘T’’ does not exceed 5g. is defined as the straight line distance (c) Head test procedure. The test pro- between the position relative to the cedure for the head is as follows: pendulum arm of the head’s center of (1) Seat and orient the dummy on a gravity at time ‘‘zero;’’ and the posi- seating surface having a back support tion relative to the pendulum arm of as specified in § 572.78(c), and adjust the the head’s center of gravity at time T joints of the limbs at any setting (be- as illustrated by Figure 3 in § 572.11. tween 1g and 2g) which just supports (ii) The peak resultant acceleration the limbs’ weight when the limbs are recorded at the location of the extended horizontally and forward. accelerometers mounted in the (2) Adjust the test probe so that its headform according to § 572.77(b) shall longitudinal center line is— not exceed 30g. (i) At the forehead at the point of orthogonal intersection of the head TABLE B midsagittal plane and the transverse Time (ms) Chordal dis- plane which is perpendicular to the Z Rotation (degrees) ± placement axis of the head as shown in Figure 40; (2+.08T) (inches) ±0.8 ± (ii) Located 2.7 0.1 inches below the 0 ...... 0 0 top of the head measured along the Z 30 ...... 26 2.7 axis, and; 60 ...... 44 4.3 (iii) Coincides within 2 degrees with Maximum ...... 68 5.8 60 ...... 101 4.4 the line made by the intersection of 30 ...... 121 2.4 the horizontal and midsagittal planes 0 ...... 140 0 passing through this point. (3) Impact the head with the test (3) The pendulum shall not reverse probe so that at the moment of contact direction until the head’s center of the probe’s longitudinal center line gravity returns to the original ‘‘zero’’ falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal time position relative to the pendulum line in the dummy’s midsagittal plane. arm. (4) Guide the test probe during im- (c) Neck test procedure. The test proce- pact so that there is no significant lat- dure for the neck is as follows: eral, vertical, or rotational movement. (1) Mount the head and neck assem- (5) Allow at least 60 minutes between bly on a rigid pendulum as specified in successive head tests. § 572.21, Figure 15, so that the head’s midsagittal plane is vertical and coin- § 572.73 Neck assembly and test proce- cides with the plane of motion of the dure. pendulum’s longitudinal center line. (a) Neck assembly. The neck consists Attach the neck directly to the pen- of the assembly designated as SA 106C dulum as shown in § 572.21, Figure 15.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.74

(2) Release the pendulum and allow it probe conforming to § 572.77(a) to 20 ±0.3 to fall freely from a height such that fps according to the test procedure in the velocity at impact is 17.00 ±1.0 fps, paragraph (c) of this section, the peak measured at the center of the acceler- resultant accelerations at the ometer specified in § 572.21, Figure 15. accelerometers mounted in the chest (3) Decelerate the pendulum to a stop cavity according to § 572.77(c) shall not with an acceleration-time pulse de- be less than 43g and not more than 53g. scribed as follows: (1) The recorded acceleration-time (i) Establish 5g and 20g levels on the curve for this test shall be unimodal at a-t curve. or above the 30g level, and shall lie at (ii) Establish t1 at the point where the rising a-t curve first crosses the 5g or above that level for an interval not level; t at the point where the rising a- less than 4 milliseconds and not more 2 than 6 milliseconds. t curve first crosses the 20g level; t3 at the point where the decaying a-t curve (2) The lateral accelerations shall not last crosses the 20g level; and t4 at the exceed 5g. point where the decaying a-t curve (c) Thorax test procedure. The test first crosses the 5g level. procedure for the thorax is as follows: (iii) t2¥t1 shall not be more than 3 (1) Seat and orient the dummy on a milliseconds. seating surface without back support (iv) t3¥t2 shall not be more than 22 as specified in § 572.78(c), and adjust the milliseconds, and not less than 19 milli- joints of the limbs at any setting (be- seconds. tween 1g and 2g) which just supports ¥ (v) t4 t3 shall not be more than 6 the limbs’ weight when the limbs are milliseconds. extended horizontally and forward, par- (vi) The average deceleration be- allel to the midsagittal plane. tween t and t shall not be more than 2 3 (2) Establish the impact point at the 26g, or less than 22g. (4) Allow the neck to flex without the chest midsagittal plane so that the im- head or neck contacting any object pact point is 2.25 inches below the lon- other than the pendulum arm. gitudinal center of the clavicle re- (5) Allow at least 60 minutes between tainer screw, and adjust the dummy so successive tests. that the plane that bisects the No. 3 rib into upper and lower halves is hori- [56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 57 zontal ±1 degree. FR 4086, Feb. 3, 1992] (3) Place the longitudinal center line § 572.74 Thorax assembly and test pro- of the test probe so that it coincides cedure. with the designated impact point, and (a) Thorax assembly. The thorax con- align the test probe so that at impact, sists of the part of the torso assembly the probe’s longitudinal center line co- designated as SA 106C 030 on drawing incides (within 2 degrees) with the line SA 106C 001, sheet 2, Revision A, and formed at the intersection of the hori- conforms to each applicable drawing on zontal and midsagittal planes and pass- SA 106C 001 sheet 10, Revision C (in- ing through the designated impact cluding Drawing number 6C–1610–1 thru point. –4, Revision A, titled ‘‘Screw Button (4) Impact the thorax with the test Head Socket’’, dated September 30, probe so that at the moment of contact 1996, and Drawing number 6C–1021, Re- the probe’s longitudinal center line vision B, titled ‘‘Ballast, 6 Yr. Thoraxc falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal (for 7267A)’’, dated September 24, 1996), line in the dummy’s midsagittal plane. and sheet 11, Revision D (including (5) Guide the test probe during im- Drawing number SA 6C–909, Revision A, pact so that there is no significant lat- titled ‘‘Cover-chest Accelerometer’’, eral, vertical, or rotational movement. dated September 21, 1996, and Drawing number 6C–1000–1, Revision C, titled (6) Allow at least 30 minutes between ‘‘Sternum Thoracic Weld Ass’y.’’, dated successive tests. September 24, 1996). [56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 60 (b) Thorax assembly requirements. FR 2897, Jan. 12, 1995; 62 FR 44227, Aug. 20, When the thorax is impacted by a test 1997]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.75 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

§ 572.75 Lumbar spine, abdomen, and (4) Flex the thorax forward 50 degrees pelvis assembly and test procedure. and then rearward as necessary to re- (a) Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis turn the dummy to its initial torso po- assembly. The lumbar spine, abdomen, sition, unsupported by external means. and pelvis consist of the part of the (5) Apply a forward pull force in the torso assembly designated as SA 106C midsagittal plane at the top of the 50 and 60 on drawing SA 106C 001, sheet neck adapter so that when the lumbar 2, and conform to each applicable draw- spine flexion is 40 degrees, the applied ing listed on SA 106C 001, sheets 12 and force is perpendicular to the thoracic 13. spine box. (b) Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis (i) Apply the force at any torso de- assembly response requirements. When flection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 de- the lumbar spine is subjected to a force grees per second, up to 40 degrees of continuously applied according to the flexion. test procedure set out in paragraph (c) (ii) For 10 seconds, continue to apply of this section, the lumbar spine as- a force sufficient to maintain 40 de- sembly shall— grees of flexion, and record the highest (1) Flex by an amount that permits applied force during the 10 second pe- the rigid thoracic spine to rotate from riod. the torso’s initial position, as defined (iii) Release all force as rapidly as in (c)(3), by 40 degrees at a force level possible, and measure the return angle of not less that 46 pounds and not more 3 minutes after the release. than 52 pounds, and (2) Straighten upon removal of the § 572.76 Limbs assembly and test pro- force to within 5 degrees of its initial cedure. position when the force is removed. (a) Limbs assembly. The limbs consist (c) Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis of the assemblies designated as SA 106C test procedure. The test procedure for 041, SA 106C 042, SA 106C 071, and SA the lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis 106C 072, on drawing No. SA 106C 001, is as follows: sheet 2, and conform to each applicable (1) Remove the dummy’s head-neck drawing listed on SA 106C 001, sheets 14 assembly, arms, and lower legs, clean through 17. and dry all component surfaces, and (b) Limbs assembly impact response re- seat the dummy upright on a seat as quirement. When each knee is impacted specified in Figure 42. at 7.0 ±0.1 fps, according to paragraph (2) Adjust the dummy by— (c) of this section, the maximum force (i) Tightening the femur ballflange on the femur shall not be more than screws at each hip socket joint to 50 1060 pounds and not less than 780 inch-pounds torque; pounds, with a duration above 400 (ii) Attaching the pelvis to the seat- pounds of not less than 0.8 milli- ing surface by a bolt D/605 as shown in seconds. Figure 42. (iii) Attaching the upper legs at the (c) Limbs test procedure. The test pro- knee joints by the attachments shown cedure for the limbs is as follows: in drawing Figure 42. (1) Seat and orient the dummy with- (iv) Tightening the mountings so out back support on a seating surface that the pelvis-lumbar joining surface that is 11 ±0.2 inches above a horizontal is horizontal; and (floor) surface as specified in § 572.78(c). (v) Removing the head and neck, and (i) Orient the dummy as specified in installing a cylindrical aluminum Figure 43 with the hip joint adjustment adapter (neck adapter) of 2.0 inches di- at any setting between 1g and 2g. ameter and 2.60 inches length as shown (ii) Place the dummy legs in a plane in Figure 42. parallel to the dummy’s midsagittal (3) The initial position of the dum- plane with the knee pivot center line my’s torso is defined by the plane perpendicular to the dummy’s formed by the rear surfaces of the midsagittal plane, and with the feet shoulders and buttocks which is three flat on the horizontal (floor) surface. to seven degrees forward of the trans- (iii) Adjust the feet and lower legs verse vertical plane. until the line between the midpoint of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.77

each knee pivot and each ankle pivot is (ii) Align the second accelerometer within 2 degrees of the vertical. so that its sensitive axis is parallel to (2) If necessary, reposition the the horizontal bulkhead, and perpen- dummy so that at the level one inch dicular to the midsagittal plane. below the seating surface, the rearmost (iii) Align the third accelerometer so point of the dummy’s lower legs re- that its sensitive axis is parallel to the mains not less than 3 inches and not horizontal bulkhead in the midsagittal more than 6 inches forward of the for- plane. ward edge of the seat. (iv) The seismic mass center for any (3) Align the test probe specified in of these accelerometers may be at any § 572.77(a) with the longitudinal center distance up to 0.4 inches from the axial line of the femur force gauge, so that intersection point. at impact, the probe’s longitudinal cen- (c) Thoracic accelerometers. (1) Install ter line coincides with the sensor’s lon- accelerometers in the thoracic assem- gitudinal center line within ±2 degrees. bly as shown in drawing SA 106C 001, (4) Impact the knee with the test sheet 1, using suitable spacers and probe moving horizontally and parallel adaptors to affix them to the frontal to the midsagittal plane at the speci- surface of the spine assembly so that fied velocity. the sensitive axes of the three (5) Guide the test probe during im- accelerometers intersect at a point in pact so that there is no significant lat- the midsagittal plane located 0.95 eral, vertical, or rotational movement. inches posterior of the spine mounting surface, and 0.55 inches below the hori- § 572.77 Instrumentation. zontal centerline of the two upper ac- (a)(1) Test probe. For the head, tho- celerometer mount attachment hole rax, and knee impact test, use a test centers. probe that is rigid, of uniform density (2) The sternum-thoracic assembly and weighs 10 pounds and 6 ounces, has three orthogonally mounted with a diameter of 3 inches; a length of accelerometers aligned as follows: 13.8 inches; and an impacting end that (i) Align one accelerometer so that has a rigid flat right face and edge ra- its sensitive axis is parallel to the at- dius of 0.5 inches. tachment surface in the midsagittal (2) The head and thorax assembly plane. may be instrumented either with a (ii) Align the second accelerometer Type A or Type B accelerometer. so that its sensitive axis is parallel to (i) Type A accelerometer is defined in the attachment surface, and perpen- drawing SA 572 S1. dicular to the midsagittal plane. (ii) Type B accelerometer is defined (iii) Align the third accelerometer so in drawing SA 572 S2. that its sensitive axis is perpendicular (b) Head accelerometers. (1) Install to the attachment surface in the accelerometers in the head as shown in midsagittal plane. drawing SA 106C 001 sheet 1 using suit- (iv) The seismic mass center for any able spacers or adaptors as needed to of these accelerometers may be at any affix them to the horizontal transverse distance up to 0.4 inches of the axial bulkhead so that the sensitive axes of intersection point. the three accelerometers intersect at (d) Femur-sensing device. Install a the point in the midsagittal plane lo- force-sensing device SA 572–S10 axially cated 0.4 inches below the intersection in each femur shaft as shown in draw- of a line connecting the longitudinal ing SA 106C 072 and secure it to the center lines of the roll pins in either femur assembly so that the distance side of the dummy’s head with the measured between the center lines of head’s midsagittal plane. two attachment bolts is 3.00 inches. (2) The head has three orthogonally (e) Limb joints. Set the limb joints at mounted accelerometers aligned as fol- lg, barely restraining the limb’s weight lows: when the limb is extended horizontally, (i) Align one accelerometer so that and ensure that the force required to its sensitive axis is perpendicular to move the limb segment does not exceed the horizontal bulkhead in the 2g throughout the limb’s range of mo- midsagittal plane. tion.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.78 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(f) Recording outputs. Record the out- exceeding 40 microinches, a length of puts of acceleration and force-sensing at least 16 inches, and a width of at devices installed in the dummy and in least 16 inches. the test apparatus specified in this (2) For head impact tests, the seating part, in individual channels that con- surface has a vertical back support form to the requirements of SAE Rec- whose top is 12.4 ±0.2 inches above the ommended Practice J211, October 1988, horizontal surface, and the rear sur- with channel classes as set out in the faces of the dummy’s back and but- following table C. tocks touch the back support as shown in Figure 40. TABLE C (3) For the thorax, lumbar spine, and knee tests, the horizontal surface is Device Channel without a back support as shown in Head acceleration ...... Class 1000 Figure 41 (for the thorax); Figure 42 Pendulum acceleration ...... Class 60 (for the lumbar spine); and Figure 43 Thorax acceleration ...... Class 180 Femur-force ...... Class 600 (for the knee). (4) Position the dummy’s arms and The mountings for sensing devices legs so that their center lines are in shall have no resonance frequency planes parallel to the midsagittal within a range of 3 times the frequency plane. range of the applicable channel class. (5) Adjust each shoulder yoke so that with its upper surface horizontal, a § 572.78 Performance test conditions. yoke is at the midpoint of its anterior- (a) Conduct performance tests at any posterior travel. temperature from 66 °F to 78 °F, and at (6) Adjust the dummy for head and any relative humidity from 10 percent knee impact tests so that the rear sur- to 70 percent, but only after having faces of the shoulders and buttocks are first exposed the dummy to these con- tangent to a transverse vertical plane. ditions for a period of not less than 4 (d) The dummy’s dimensions are hours. specified in drawings SA 106C 001, sheet (b) For the performance tests speci- 3, Revision A, July 11, 1997, and sheets fied in § 572.72 (head), § 572.74 (thorax), 4 through 6. § 572.75 (lumbar spine, abdomen, and (e) Unless otherwise specified in this pelvis), and § 572.76 (limbs), position the regulation, performance tests of the dummy as set out in paragraph (c) of same component, segment, assembly or this section. fully assembled dummy are separated (c) Place the dummy on a horizontal in time by a period of not less than 20 seating surface covered by teflon sheet- minutes. ing so that the dummy’s midsagittal (f) Unless otherwise specified in this plane is vertical and centered on the regulation, the surfaces of the dummy test surface. components are not painted. (1) The seating surface is flat, rigid, [56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 62 clean, and dry, with a smoothness not FR 44227, Aug. 20, 1997]

FIGURES TO SUBPART I OF PART 572

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. I, Fig. 40

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.169 Pt. 572, Subpt. I, Fig. 41 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

[60 FR 2898, Jan. 12, 1995]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.170 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. I, Fig. 42

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.171 Pt. 572, Subpt. I, Fig. 43 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

Subpart J—9-Month Old Child § 572.80 Incorporated materials. The drawings and specifications re- SOURCE: 56 FR 41080, Aug. 19, 1991, unless ferred to in § 572.81(a) that are not set otherwise noted. forth in full are hereby incorporated in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.172 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.85

this part by reference. These materials fied as items 1 through 16 and in item are thereby made part of this regula- 56. tion. The Director of the Federal Reg- ister approved the materials incor- § 572.84 Thorax. porated by reference in accordance The thorax consists of the part of the with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. torso shown in assembly drawing LP Copies of the materials may be ob- 1049/A and conforms to each of the ap- tained from Rowley-Scher plicable drawings listed under LP 1049/ Reprographics, Inc., 1216 K Street, NW., 0 through 54. Washington, DC 20002, telephone (202) 628–6667. Copies are available for in- § 572.85 Lumbar spine flexure. spection in the general reference sec- (a) When subjected to continuously tion of Docket 89–11, Docket Section, applied force in accordance with para- National Highway Traffic Safety Ad- graph (b) of this section, the lumbar ministration, room 5109, 400 Seventh spine assembly shall flex by an amount Street, SW., Washington, DC, or at the that permits the thoracic spine to ro- National Archives and Records Admin- tate from its initial position in accord- istration (NARA). For information on ance with Figure No. 18 of § 572.21 (49 the availability of this material at CFR part 572) by 40 degrees at a force NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// level of not less than 18 pounds and not www.archives.gov/federallregister/ more than 22 pounds, and straighten codeloflfederallregulations/ upon removal of the force to within 5 ibrllocations.html. degrees of its initial position. (b) Test procedure. (1) The lumbar § 572.81 General description. spine flexure test is conducted on a (a) The dummy consists of: (1) The dummy assembly as shown in drawing assembly specified in drawing LP 1049/ LP 1049/A, but with the arms (which A, March 1979, which is described in its consist of parts identified as items 17 entirety by means of approximately 54 through 30) and all head-neck parts separate drawings and specifications, (identified as items 1 through 13 and 59 1049/1 through 1049/54; and (2) a parts through 63), removed. list LP 1049/0 (5 sheets); and (3) a report (2) With the torso assembled in an entitled, ‘‘The TNO P3/4 Child Dummy upright position, adjust the lumbar Users Manual,’’ January 1979, published cable by tightening the adjustment nut by Instituut voor for the lumbar vertebrae until the Wegtransportmiddelen TNO. spring is compressed to 2⁄3 of its un- (b) Adjacent dummy segments are loaded length. joined in a manner such that through- (3) Position the dummy in an upright out the range of motion and also under seated position on a seat as indicated simulated crash-impact conditions in Figure No. 18 of § 572.21 (lower legs there is no contact between metallic do not need to be removed, but must be elements except for contacts that exist clamped firmly to the seating surface), under static conditions. ensuring that all dummy component (c) The structural properties of the surfaces are clean, dry and untreated dummy are such that the dummy con- unless otherwise specified. forms to this part in every respect both (4) Firmly affix the dummy to the before and after being used in dynamic seating surface through the pelvis at tests such as that specified in Standard the hip joints by suitable clamps that No. 213 of this chapter (§ 571.213). also prevent any relative motion with respect to the upper legs during the § 572.82 Head. test in § 572.65(c)(3) of this part. Install The head consists of the assembly a pull attachment at the neck to torso shown in drawing LP 1049/A and con- juncture as shown in Figure 18 of forms to each of the applicable draw- § 572.21. ings listed under LP 1049/0 through 54. (5) Flex the thorax forward 50 degrees and then rearward as necessary to re- § 572.83 Head-neck. turn it to its initial position. The head-neck assembly shown in (6) Apply a forward pull force in the drawing 1049/A consists of parts speci- midsagittal plane at the top of the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.86 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

neck adapter so that at 40 degrees of placed in a horizontal position. Adjust the lumbar spine flexion the applied the shoulder joint by releasing the force is perpendicular to the thoracic shoulder joint nut until the upper arm spine box. Apply the force at any torso just starts moving. deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 de- (4) With the complete torso in an up- grees per second up to 40 degrees of right position and upper arm in a flexion but no further; maintain 40 de- vertical position, mount the forearm in grees of flexion for 10 seconds, and a horizontal position and tighten the record the highest applied force during elbow hinge bolt and nut firmly. Adjust that time. Release all force as rapidly the elbow joint nut until the forearm as possible and measure the return just starts moving. angle three minutes after release. (d) With the torso assembled in an upright position, the adjustment nut § 572.86 Test conditions and dummy for the lumbar vertebrae is tightened adjustment. until the spring is compressed to 2⁄3 of (a) With the complete torso on its its unloaded length. back lying on a horizontal surface and (e) Performance tests are conducted the neck assembly mounted and shoul- at any temperature from 66 to 78 de- ders on the edge of the surface, adjust grees F and at any relative humidity the neck such that the head bolt is from 10 percent to 70 percent after ex- lowered 0.40 ±0.05 inches (10 ±1 mm) posure of the dummy to these condi- after a vertically applied load of 11.25 tions for a period of not less than four pounds (50 N) applied to the head bolt hours. is released. (f) Performance tests of the same (b) With the complete torso on its component, segment, assembly or fully back with the adjusted neck assembly assembled dummy are separated in as specified in § 572.66(a), and lying on a time by a period of not less than 20 horizontal surface with the shoulders minutes unless otherwise specified. on the edge of the surface, mount the (g) Surfaces of the dummy compo- head and tighten the head bolt and nut nents are not painted except as speci- firmly, with the head in horizontal po- fied in the part or in drawings incor- sition. Adjust the head joint at the porated by this part. force between 1–2g, which just supports the head’s weight. (c) Using the procedures described Subpart K—Newborn Infant below, limb joints are set at the force between 1–2g, which just supports the SOURCE: 58 FR 3232, Jan. 8, 1993, unless oth- limbs’ weight when the limbs are ex- erwise noted. tended horizontally forward: (1) With the complete torso lying § 572.90 Incorporation by reference. with its front down on a horizontal sur- (a) The drawings and specifications face, with the hip joint just over the referred to in § 572.91(a) are hereby in- edge of the surface, mount the upper corporated in subpart K by reference. leg and tighten hip joint nut firmly. These materials are thereby made part Adjust the hip joint by releasing the of this regulation. The Director of the hip joint nut until the upper leg just Federal Register approved that mate- starts moving. rials incorporated by reference in ac- (2) With the complete torso and upper cordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR leg lying with its front up on a hori- part 51. Copies of the materials may be zontal surface, with the knee joint just inspected at NHTSA’s Docket Section, over the edge of the surface, mount the 400 Seventh Street, SW., room 5109, lower leg and tighten knee joint firm- Washington, DC, or at the National Ar- ly. Adjust the knee joint by releasing chives and Records Administration the knee joint nut until the lower leg (NARA). For information on the avail- just starts moving. ability of this material at NARA, call (3) With the torso in an upright posi- 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// tion, mount the upper arm and tighten www.archives.gov/federallregister/ firmly the adjustment bolts for the codeloflfederallregulations/ shoulder joint with the upper arm ibrllocations.html.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.101

(b) The incorporated material is codeloflfederallregulations/ available as follows: ibrllocations.html. (1) Drawing numbers 126–0000 through (b) The incorporated material is 126–0015 (sheets 1 through 3), 126–0017 available as follows: through 126–0027, and a parts list enti- (1) Drawing number 92041–001, ‘‘Head tled ‘‘Parts List for CAMI Newborn Form Assembly,’’ (November 30, 1992); Dummy,’’ are available from drawing number 92041–002, ‘‘Skull As- Reprographic Technologies, 1111 14th sembly,’’ (November 30, 1992); drawing Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005. number 92041–003, ‘‘Skull Cap Plate As- (202) 628–6667. sembly,’’ (November 30, 1992); drawing (2) A construction manual entitled, number 92041–004, ‘‘Skull Cap Plate,’’ ‘‘Construction of the Newborn Infant (November 30, 1992); drawing number Dummy’’ (July 1992) is available from 92041–005, ‘‘Threaded Pin,’’ (November Reprographic Technologies at the ad- 30, 1992); drawing number 92041–006, dress in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. ‘‘Hex Nut,’’ (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041–008, ‘‘Head Skin with- § 572.91 General description. out Nose,’’ (November 30, 1992, as (a) The representative newborn in- amended March 6, 1995); drawing num- fant dummy consists of a drawings and ber 92041–009, ‘‘Six-Axis Load Cell Sim- specifications package that contains ulator Assembly,’’ (November 30, 1992); the following materials: drawing number 92041–011, ‘‘Head Bal- (1) Drawing numbers 126–0000 through last Weight,’’ (November 30, 1992); 126–0015 (sheets 1 through 3), 126–0017 drawing number 92041–018, ‘‘Head Form through 126–0027, and a parts list enti- Bill of Materials,’’ (November 30, 1992); tled ‘‘Parts List for CAMI Newborn drawing number 78051–148, ‘‘Skull-Head Dummy’’; and, (cast) Hybrid III,’’ (May 20, 1978, as (2) A construction manual entitled, amended August 17, 1978); drawing ‘‘Construction of the Newborn Infant number 78051–228/78051–229, ‘‘Skin- Hy- Dummy’’ (July 1992). brid III,’’ (May 20, 1978, as amended (b) The structural properties of the through September 24, 1979); drawing dummy are such that the dummy con- number 78051–339, ‘‘Pivot Pin-Neck forms to this part in every respect both Transducer,’’ (May 20, 1978, as amended before and after being used in dynamic May 14, 1986); drawing number 78051– tests specified in Standard No. 213 of 372, ‘‘Vinyl Skin Formulation Hybrid this chapter (§ 571.213). III,’’ (May 20, 1978); and drawing number C–1797, ‘‘Neck Blank, (August 1, Subpart L—Free Motion Headform 1989); drawing number SA572–S4, ‘‘Ac- celerometer Specification,’’ (November SOURCE: 60 FR 43058, Aug. 18, 1995, unless 30, 1992), are available from otherwise noted. Reprographic Technologies, 1111 14th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005. § 572.100 Incorporation by Reference. (2) A user’s manual entitled ‘‘Free- (a) The drawings and specifications Motion Headform User’s Manual,’’ referred to in § 572.101 are hereby incor- version 2, March 1995, is available from porated in subpart L by reference. NHTSA’s Docket Section at the ad- These materials are thereby made part dress in paragraph (a) of this section. of this regulation. The Director of the (3) SAE Recommended Practice J211, Federal Register approved the mate- OCT 1988, ‘‘Instrumentation for Impact rials incorporated by reference in ac- Tests,’’ Class 1000, is available from cordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR The Society of Automotive Engineers, part 51. Copies of the materials may be Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, inspected at NHTSA’s Docket Section, Warrendale, PA 15096. 400 Seventh Street, S.W., room 5109, Washington, DC, or at the National Ar- § 572.101 General description. chives and Records Administration (a) The free motion headform con- (NARA). For information on the avail- sists of the component assembly which ability of this material at NARA, call is shown in drawings 92041–001 (incor- 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// porated by reference; see § 572.100), www.archives.gov/federallregister/ 92041–002 (incorporated by reference;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.102 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

see § 572.100), 92041–003 (incorporated by (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the reference; see § 572.100), 92041–004 (incor- headform in a test environment at any porated by reference; see § 572.100), temperature between 19 degrees C. to 26 92041–005 (incorporated by reference; degrees C. and at a relative humidity see § 572.100), 92041–006 (incorporated by from 10 percent to 70 percent for a pe- reference; see § 572.100), 92041–008 (incor- riod of at least four hours prior to its porated by reference; see § 572.100), use in a test. 92041–009 (incorporated by reference; (2) Clean the headform’s skin surface see § 572.100), 92041–011 (incorporated by and the surface of the impact plate reference; see § 572.100), 78051–148 (incor- with 1,1,1 Trichloroethane or equiva- porated by reference; see § 572.100), lent. 78051–228/78051–229 (incorporated by ref- (3) Suspend the headform, as shown erence; see § 572.100), 78051–339 (incor- in Figure 50. Position the forehead porated by reference; see § 572.100), below the chin such that the skull cap 78051–372 (incorporated by reference; plate is at an angle of 28.5 ±0.5 degrees see § 572.100), C–1797 (incorporated by with the impact surface when the reference; see § 572.100), and SA572–S4 midsagittal plane is vertical. (incorporated by reference; see (4) Drop the headform from the speci- § 572.100). fied height by means that ensure in- (b) Disassembly, inspection, and as- stant release onto a rigidly supported sembly procedures, and sign conven- flat horizontal steel plate, which is 2 tion for the signal outputs of the free inches thick and 2 feet square. The motion headform accelerometers, are plate shall have a clean, dry surface set forth in the Free-Motion Headform and any microfinish of not less than 8 User’s Manual (incorporated by ref- microinches 203.2×10¥6 mm (rms) and erence; see § 572.100). not more than 80 microinches 2032×10¥6 (c) The structural properties of the mm (rms). headform are such that it conforms to this part in every respect both before (5) Allow at least 3 hours between and after being used in the test speci- successive tests on the same headform. fied in Standard No. 201 of this chapter § 572.103 Test conditions and instru- (§ 571.201). mentation. (d) The outputs of accelerometers installed in the headform are recorded in (a) Headform accelerometers shall individual data channels that conform have dimensions, response characteris- to the requirements of SAE Rec- tics, and sensitive mass locations spec- ommended Practice J211, OCT 1988, ified in drawing SA572–S4 (incorporated ‘‘Instrumentation for Impact Tests,’’ by reference; see § 572.100) and be Class 1000 (incorporated by reference; mounted in the headform as shown in see § 572.100). drawing 92041–001 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100). § 572.102 Drop test. (b) The outputs of accelerometers in- (a) When the headform is dropped stalled in the headform are recorded in from a height of 14.8 inches in accord- individual data channels that conform ance with paragraph (b) of this section, to the requirements of SAE Rec- the peak resultant accelerations at the ommended Practice J211, OCT 1988, location of the accelerometers mount- ‘‘Instrumentation for Impact Tests,’’ ed in the headform as shown in drawing Class 1000 (incorporated by reference; 92041–001 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100). see § 572.100) shall not be less than 225g, (c) Coordinate signs for instrumenta- and not more than 275g. The acceleration polarity conform to the sign con- tion/time curve for the test shall be vention shown in the Free-Motion unimodal to the extent that oscilla- Headform User’s Manual (incorporated tions occurring after the main accel- by reference; see § 572.100). eration pulse are less than ten percent (d) The mountings for accelerometers (zero to peak) of the main pulse. The shall have no resonant frequency with- lateral acceleration vector shall not in a range of 3 times the frequency exceed 15g (zero to peak). range of the applicable channel class.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.103

[60 FR 43060, Aug. 18, 1995]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR EC01AU91.173 § 572.110 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

Subpart M—Side Impact Hybrid (16) SAE Recommended Practice Dummy 50th Percentile Male J211, ‘‘Instrumentation for Impact Tests,’’ Parts 1 and 2, dated March 1995. (b) The incorporated materials are SOURCE: 63 FR 41470, Aug. 4, 1998, unless otherwise noted. available as follows: (1) The Director of the Federal Reg- § 572.110 Materials incorporated by ister approved those materials incor- reference. porated by reference in accordance (a) The following materials are here- with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. by incorporated by reference in Sub- Copies of the materials may be in- part M: spected at NHTSA’s Docket Section, (1) The Anthropomorphic Test 400 Seventh Street S.W., room 5109, Dummy Parts List, SID/Hybrid III part Washington, DC, or at the National Ar- 572, subpart M, dated May 10, 1997. chives and Records Administration (2) The SID/Hybrid III Part 572 Sub- (NARA). For information on the avail- part M User’s Manual, dated May 1997. ability of this material at NARA, call (3) Drawing number 96–SIDH3–001, ti- 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// tled, ‘‘Head-Neck Bracket,’’ dated Au- www.archives.gov/federallregister/ gust 30, 1996. codeloflfederallregulations/ (4) Drawing number 96–SIDH3–006, ti- ibrllocations.html. tled, ‘‘Upper and Middle Shoulder (2) The parts lists, user’s manual and Foam,’’ dated May 10, 1997. drawings referred to in paragraphs (5) Drawing number SA-SIDH3-M001, (a)(1) through (a)(14) of this section are titled, ‘‘Complete Assembly SIDH3,’’ available from Reprographic Tech- dated April 19, 1997. nologies, 9000 Virginia Manor Road, (6) Drawing number 78051–61X, Revi- Beltsville, MD 20705 (301) 419–5070. sion C, titled ‘‘Head Assembly—com- (3) The SAE materials referred to in plete,’’ dated March 28, 1997 paragraphs (a)(15) and (a)(16) of this (7) Drawing number 78051–90, Revi- section are available from the Society sion A, titled ‘‘Neck Assembly—com- of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 plete,’’ dated May 20, 1978. Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA (8) Dummy assembly drawing number 15096. SA-SID-M030, Revision A, titled ‘‘Tho- § 572.111 General description. rax Assembly—complete,’’ dated May 18, 1994. (a) The dummy consists of compo- (9) Dummy assembly drawing SA- nent parts and component assemblies SID-M050, revision A, titled ‘‘Lumbar defined in drawing SA-SIDH3-M001, Spine Assembly,’’ dated May 18, 1994. dated April 19, 1997, which are de- (10) Dummy assembly drawing SA–150 scribed in approximately 200 drawings M060, revision A, titled ‘‘Pelvis and Ab- and specifications that are set forth in domen Assembly,’’ dated May 18, 1994. §§ 572.32, 572.33 and 572.41(a)(3),(4),(5) and (11) Dummy assembly drawing SA- (6) of this part, and in the drawing of SID-053, revision A, titled ‘‘Lumbar the Adaptor Bracket 96–SIDH3–001. Spine Assembly,’’ dated May 18, 1994. (1) The head assembly consists of the (12) Dummy assembly drawing SA- assembly specified in subpart E SID-M080, titled ‘‘Leg Assembly, (§ 572.32) and conforms to each of the Right,’’ dated August 13, 1987. drawings subtended under drawing (13) Dummy assembly drawing SA- 78051–61X rev. C. SID-M081, titled ‘‘Leg Assembly, Left,’’ (2) The neck assembly consists of the dated August 13, 1987. assembly specified in subpart E (14) Drawing number 78051–383X, Re- (§ 572.33) and conforms to each of the vision P, titled ‘‘Neck Transducer drawings subtended under drawing Structural Replacement,’’ dated No- 78051–90 rev. A. vember 1, 1995. (3) The thorax assembly consists of (15) The Society of Automotive Engi- the assembly shown as number SID 053 neers (SAE) J1733 Information Report, and conforms to each applicable draw- titled ‘‘Sign Convention for Vehicle ing subtended by number SA-SID M030 Crash Testing,’’ dated December 1994. rev. A.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.112

(4) The lumbar spine consists of the (a) Test procedure. (1) Soak the head assembly specified in subpart B assembly in a test environment at any (§ 572.9(a)) and conforms to drawing SA temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 de- 150 M050 and drawings subtended by grees C. (66 to 78 degrees F.) and at a SA-SID M050 rev. A. relative humidity between 10 percent (5) The abdomen and pelvis consist of and 70 percent for a period of at least the assembly and conform to the draw- four (4) hours prior to its application in ings subtended by SA 150 M060, the a test. drawings subtended by SA 150 M060 rev. (2) Clean the impact surface of the A and the drawings subtended by SA- head skin and impact plate surface, de- SID-087 sheet 1 rev. H, and SA-SID-87 scribed in paragraph (a)(4) of this sec- sheet 2 rev. H. (6) The lower limbs consist of the as- tion, with 1,1,1 trichloroethane or semblies specified in Subpart B equivalent prior to the test. (§ 572.10) shown as SA 150 M080 and SA (3) Suspend the head, as shown in 150 M081 in Figure 1 and SA-SID-M080 Figure 51, so that the midsagittal plane and SA-SID-M081 and conform to the makes an angle of 35 ±1 degrees with drawings subtended by those numbers. the impact surface and its anterior- (7) The neck mounting adaptor posterior axis is horizontal ±1 degree. bracket conforms to drawing 96–SIDH3– (4) Drop the head from a height of 200 001. ±0.25 mm (7.87 ±0.01 inches), measured (8) Upper and middle shoulder foams from the lowest point on the head, by a conform to drawing 96–SIDH3–006. means that ensures a smooth, clean re- (b) The structural properties of the lease into a rigidly supported flat hori- dummy are such that the dummy con- zontal steel plate, which is 51 ±2 mm forms to the specifications of this sub- (2.0 ±0.01 in.) thick and 610 ±10 mm (24.0 part in every respect before being used ±0.4 in) square. The plate shall have a in vehicle tests specified in Standard dry surface and shall have a micro- 201. finish of 0.2 microns (8 microinches) to (c) Disassembly, inspection and as- 2.0 microns (80 microinches). sembly procedures, external dimensions, weight and drawing list are set (5) Allow at least two (2) hours be- forth in the SIDH3 User’s Manual, tween successive tests on the same dated May 1997. head. (d) Sign convention for signal out- (b) Performance criteria. (1) When puts is given in the reference document the head assembly is dropped in accord- SAE J1733 of 1994–12, ‘‘Sign Convention ance with § 572.112(a), the measured for Vehicle Crash Testing.’’ peak resultant acceleration shall be between 120 and 150 G’s. § 572.112 Head assembly. (2) The resultant acceleration-time The head assembly consists of the curve shall be unimodal to the extent head (drawing 78051–61X, rev. C) with that oscillations occurring after the the neck transducer structural replace- main acceleration pulse shall not ex- ment (drawing 78051–383X, rev. P) and ceed 15 percent (zero to peak) of the three (3) accelerometers that are main pulse. The longitudinal accelera- mounted in conformance to § 572.36 (c). tion vector shall not exceed 15 G’s.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.113 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

§ 572.113 Neck assembly. E;—305; –306; –307, rev. X and has a six axis neck transducer (drawing C–1709, The head/neck assembly consists of revision D) installed in conformance the parts 78051–61X, rev. C; –84; –90, rev. with § 572.36(d). A; –94; –98; –104, revision F; –303, rev.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER04AU98.003 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.114

(a) Test procedure. (1) Soak the head ity as obtained by integrating the pen- and neck assembly in a test environ- dulum acceleration output. ment at any temperature between 20.6 Pendulum Delta-V (m/ and 22.2 degrees C. (69 to 72 degrees F.) Time (ms) s) and at any relative humidity between 10 percent and 70 percent for a period of 10 ...... 1.96 to 2.55. 20 ...... 4.12 to 5.10. at least four (4) hours prior to its appli- 30 ...... 5.73 to 7.01. cation in a test. 40 to 70 ...... 6.27 to 7.64. (2) Torque the jamnut (78051–64) on the neck cable (78051–301, rev. E) to 1.35 (2) The maximum rotation of the ±0.27 Nm (1.0 ±0.2 ft-lb) before each test. midsagittal plane of the head shall be (3) Using neck brackets 78051–303 and 66 to 82 degrees with respect to the pen- –307, mount the head/neck assembly to dulum’s longitudinal centerline. The the part 572 pendulum test fixture (see decaying head rotation vs. time curve § 572.33, Figure 22,) so that the shall cross the zero angle between 58 to midsagittal plane of the head is 67 ms after reaching its peak value. vertical and perpendicular to the plane (3) The moment about the x-axis of motion of the pendulum’s longitu- which coincides with the midsagittal dinal centerline (see § 572.33, Figure 20, plane of the head at the level of the oc- except that the direction of the head/ cipital condyles shall have a maximum neck assembly is rotated around the value between 73 and 88 Nm. The decay- superior-inferior axis by an angle of 90 ing moment vs. time curve shall first degrees). Install suitable transducers cross zero moment between 49 and 64 or other devices necessary for meas- ms after reaching its peak value. The uring the ‘‘D’’ plane (horizontal surface following formula is to be used to cal- at the base of the skull) rotation with culate the moment about the occipital respect to the pendulum’s longitudinal condyles when using the six-axis neck centerline. The rotation can be meas- transducer: ured by placing a transducer at the oc- M = Mx + 0.01778 Fy cipital condyles and another at the intersection of the centerline of the Where Mx and Fy are the moment and force neck and the line extending from the measured by the transducer and expressed in terms of Nm and N, respectively. base of the neck as shown in figure 52. (4) Release the pendulum and allow it (4) The maximum rotation of the to fall freely from a height to achieve head with respect to the pendulum’s an impact velocity of 6.89 to 7.13 m/s longitudinal centerline shall occur be- (22.6 to 23.4 ft/sec) measured at the cen- tween 2 and 16 ms after peak moment. ter of the pendulum accelerometer. [63 FR 41470, Aug. 4, 1998, as amended at 66 (5) Allow the neck to flex without the FR 51882, Oct. 11, 2001] head or neck contacting any object during the test. § 572.114 Thorax. (6) Time zero is defined as the time of The specifications and test procedure initial contact between the striker for the thorax for the SID/HIII dummy plate and the pendulum deceleration are identical to those applicable to the medium. SID dummy as set forth in § 572.42 ex- (7) Allow a period of at least thirty cept that the reference to the SID de- (30) minutes between successive tests vice found in § 572.42(a), (SA-SID-M001A on the same neck assembly. revision A, dated May 18, 1994) does not (b) Performance criteria. (1) The pen- apply and the reference to the SID/HIII dulum deceleration pulse is to be char- (SA-SIDH3-M001, dated April 19, 1997) is acterized in terms of decrease in veloc- applied in its place.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.115 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

§ 572.115 Lumbar spine and pelvis. SIDH3-M001, dated April 19, 1997) is applied in its place. The specifications and test procedure for the lumbar spine and pelvis are § 572.116 Instrumentation and test identical to those for the SID dummy conditions. as set forth in § 572.42 except that the (a) The test probe for lateral thoracic reference to the SID device found in and pelvis impact tests are the same as § 572.42(a), (SA-SID-M001A revision A, those specified in § 572.44(a). dated May 18, 1994) does not apply and the reference to the SID/HIII (SA-

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER04AU98.004 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.120

(b) Accelerometer mounting in the (ii) Drawing No. 127–1015, Neck As- thorax is the same as specified in sembly, incorporated by reference in § 572.44(b). § 572.123, (c) Accelerometer mounting in the (iii) Drawing No. 127–2000, Upper pelvis is the same as specified in Torso Assembly, incorporated by ref- § 572.44(c). erence in § 572.124, (d) Head accelerometer mounting is (iv) Drawing No. 127–3000, Lower the same as specified in § 572.36(c). Torso Assembly, incorporated by ref- (e) Neck transducer mounting is the erence in § 572.125, same as specified in § 572.36(d). (v) Drawing No. 127–4000–1 and 4000–2, (f) Instrumentation and sensors used Leg Assembly, incorporated by ref- must conform to SAE Recommended erence in § 572.126, Practice J211, March 1995, ‘‘Instrumen- (vi) Drawing No. 127–5000–1 and 5000–2, tation for Impact Tests.’’ Arm Assembly, incorporated by ref- (g) The mountings for the spine, rib erence in §§ 572.121, 572.124, and 572.125 and pelvis accelerometers shall have no as part of a complete dummy assembly, resonance frequency within a range of 3 and, times the frequency range of the appli- (vii) Parts List and Drawings, Hybrid cable channel class. III Six-year-old Child Test Dummy (H– (h) Limb joints of the test dummy III6C, Beta Version), dated June 1, 2009, shall be set at the force between 1 to 2 incorporated by reference in § 572.121; g’s, which just supports the limb’s (2) A procedures manual entitled weight when the limbs are extended ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- horizontally forward. The force re- assembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the quired to move a limb segment does Hybrid III 6-year-old Child Crash Test not exceed 2 g’s throughout the range Dummy (H–III6C), Beta Version, June of the limb motion. 1, 2009,’’ incorporated by reference in (i) Performance tests must be con- § 572.121; ducted at a temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 degrees C. (69 to 72 degrees F.) (3) SAE Recommended Practice J211– and at a relative humidity between 10 1995, ‘‘Instrumentation for Impact percent and 70 percent after exposure Tests—Parts 1 and 2, dated March, of the dummy to those conditions for a 1995,’’ incorporated by reference in period of at least four (4) hours. § 572.127; (j) For the performance of tests speci- (4) SAE J1733 Information Report, ti- fied in § 572.114 and § 572.115, the dummy tled ‘‘Sign Convention for Vehicle is positioned the same as specified in Crash Testing,’’ dated December 1994, § 572.44(h). incorporated by reference in § 572.127. (b) The Director of the Federal Reg- ister approved the materials incor- Subpart N—Six-year-old Child Test porated by reference in accordance Dummy, Beta Version with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be in- SOURCE: 65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, unless spected at the Department of Transpor- otherwise noted. tation, Docket Operations, Room W12– 140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., § 572.120 Incorporation by reference. Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) (a) The following materials are here- 366–9826, and at the National Archives by incorporated into this subpart by and Records Administration (NARA), reference: and in electronic format through Regu- (1) A drawings and inspection pack- lations.gov. For information on the age entitled, ‘‘Parts List and Drawings, availability and inspection of this ma- Part 572 Subpart N, Hybrid III Six-Year terial at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go Old Child Crash Test Dummy (H–III6C, to: http://www.archives.gov/ Beta Version), June 2009,’’ consisting federallregister/ of: codeloflfederallregulations/ (i) Drawing No. 127–1000, 6-year H3 ibrllocations.html. For information on Head Complete, incorporated by ref- the availability and inspection of this erence in § 572.122, material at Regulations.gov, call 1–877–

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.121 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

378–5457, or go to: http:// pant Crash Protection’’, and Standard www.regulations.gov. 213, ‘‘Child Restraint Systems’’. (c) The incorporated materials are [65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 75 available as follows: FR 76645, Dec. 9, 2010] (1) The drawings and specifications package, the parts list, and the PADI § 572.122 Head assembly and test pro- document referred to in paragraphs cedure. (a)(1), and (a)(2) of this section, are (a) The head assembly for this test available in electronic format through consists of the complete head (drawing www.Regulations.gov and in paper for- 127–1000), a six-axis neck transducer mat from Leet-Melbrook, Division of (drawing SA572–S11) or its structural New RT, 18810 Woodfield Road, Gai- replacement (drawing 78051–383X), a thersburg, MD 20879, (301) 670–0090. head to neck-to-pivot pin (drawing (2) The SAE materials referred to in 78051–339), and 3 accelerometers (draw- paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this sec- ing SA572–S4). tion are available from the Society of (b) When the head assembly in para- Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Com- graph (a) of this section is dropped monwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 15096. ±0.04 in) in accordance with paragraph [65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 (c) of this section, the peak resultant FR 47327, July 18, 2002; 75 FR 76645, Dec. 9, acceleration at the location of the 2010] accelerometers at the head CG may not be less than 245 G or more than 300 G. § 572.121 General description. The resultant acceleration vs. time his- (a) The Hybrid III type 6-year-old tory curve shall be unimodal; oscilla- dummy is defined by drawings and tions occurring after the main pulse specifications containing the following must be less than 10 percent of the materials: peak resultant acceleration. The lat- (1) Technical drawings and specifica- eral acceleration shall not exceed 15 g’s tions package P/N 127–0000, the titles of (zero to peak). which are listed in Table A; (c) Head test procedure. The test pro- (2) Procedures for Assembly, Dis- cedure for the head is as follows: assembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the (1) Soak the head assembly in a con- Hybrid III 6-year-old child crash test trolled environment at any tempera- dummy (H–III6C), Beta version, dated ture between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 June 1, 2009, incorporated by reference °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to in § 572.120. 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. TABLE A (2) Prior to the test, clean the impact Drawing surface of the skin and the impact Component assembly number plate surface with isopropyl alcohol, Head assembly ...... 127–1000 trichloroethane, or an equivalent. The Neck assembly ...... 127–1015 skin of the head must be clean and dry Upper torso assembly ...... 127–2000 for testing. Lower torso assembly ...... 127–3000 Leg assembly ...... 127–4000 (3) Suspend the head assembly as Arm assembly ...... 127–5000 shown in Figure N1. The lowest point on the forehead must be 376.0 ±1.0 mm (b) Adjacent segments are joined in a (14.8 ±0.04 in) from the impact surface manner such that except for contacts and the head must be oriented to an in- existing under static conditions, there cline of 62 ±1 deg. between the ‘‘D’’ is no contact between metallic ele- plane as shown in Figure N1 and the ments throughout the range of motion plane of the impact surface. The 1.57 or under simulated crash impact condi- mm (0.062 in) diameter holes located on tions. either side of the dummy’s head shall (c) The structural properties of the be used to ensure that the head is level dummy are such that the dummy must with respect to the impact surface. conform to this Subpart in every re- (4) Drop the head assembly from the spect before use in any test similar to specified height by means that ensure a those specified in Standard 208, ‘‘Occu- smooth, instant release onto a rigidly

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.123

supported flat horizontal steel plate condyles shall be not more than ¥19 N- which is 50.8 mm (2 in) thick and 610 m (¥14 ft-lbf) and not less than ¥24 N- mm (24 in) square. The impact surface m (¥17.7ft-lbf). shall be clean, dry and have a micro (ii) The negative moment shall decay finish of not less than 203.2. × 10¥6 mm for the first time to ¥5 N-m (¥3.7 ft- (8 micro inches) (RMS) and not more lbf) between 123 ms and 147 ms. than 2032.0 × 10¥6 mm (80 micro inches) (iii) The moment shall be calculated (RMS). by the following formula: Moment (N- (5) Allow at least 2 hours between m)=My¥(0.01778m)×(FX). successive tests on the same head. (iv) My is the moment about the y- axis and F is the shear force measured § 572.123 Neck assembly and test pro- X cedure. by the neck transducer (drawing SA572–S11) and 0.017778m is the dis- (a) The neck assembly for the pur- tance from force to occipital condyle. poses of this test consists of the assem- (3) Time-zero is defined as the time of bly of components shown in drawing initial contact between the pendulum 127–1015. striker plate and the honeycomb mate- (b) When the head-neck assembly rial. consisting of the head (drawing 127– (c) Test procedure. The test procedure 1000), neck (drawing 127–1015), pivot pin for the neck assembly is as follows: (drawing 78051–339), bib simulator (1) Soak the neck assembly in a con- (drawing TE127–1025, neck bracket assembly (drawing 127–8221), six-axis neck trolled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 transducer (drawing SA572–S11), neck ° mounting adaptor (drawing TE–2208– F) and a relative humidity between 10 001), and three accelerometers (drawing and 70 percent for at least four hours SA572–S4) installed in the head assem- prior to a test. bly as specified in § 572.122, is tested ac- (2) Torque the jam nut (drawing cording to the test procedure in para- 9000341) on the neck cable (drawing 127– ± ± graph (c) of this section, it shall have 1016) to 0.23 0.02 N-m (2.0 0.2 in-lbs). the following characteristics: (3) Mount the head-neck assembly, (1) Flexion. (i) Plane D, referenced in defined in paragraph (b) of this section, Figure N2, shall rotate in the direction on the pendulum so the midsagittal of preimpact flight with respect to the plane of the head is vertical and coin- pendulum’s longitudinal centerline be- cides with the plane of motion of the tween 74 degrees and 92 degrees. Within pendulum as shown in Figure N2 for this specified rotation corridor, the flexion tests and Figure N3 for exten- peak moment about the occipital sion tests. condyles shall be not less than 27 N-m (4) Release the pendulum and allow it (19.9 ft-lbf) and not more than 33 N-m to fall freely from a height to achieve (24.3 ft-lbf). an impact velocity of 4.95 ±0.12 m/s (16.2 (ii) The positive moment shall decay ±0.4 ft/s) for flexion tests and 4.3 ±0.12 for the first time to 5 N-m (3.7 ft-lbf) m/s (14.10 ±0.40 ft/s) for extension tests, between 103 ms and 123 ms. measured by an accelerometer mount- (iii) The moment shall be calculated ed on the pendulum as shown in Figure by the following formula: Moment (N- 22 of 49 CFR 572 at the instant of con- m) = My¥(0.01778m) × (FX). tact with the honey comb. (iv) My is the moment about the y- (i) Time-zero is defined as the time of axis and FX is the shear force measured initial contact between the pendulum by the neck transducer (drawing striker plate and the honeycomb mate- SA572–S11) and 0.01778m is the distance rial. All data channels should be at the from force to occipital condyle. zero level at this time. (2) Extension. (i) Plane D, referenced (ii) Stop the pendulum from the ini- in Figure N3, shall rotate in the direc- tial velocity with an acceleration vs. tion of preimpact flight with respect to time pulse which meets the velocity the pendulum’s longitudinal centerline change as specified below. Integrate between 85 degrees and 103 degrees. the pendulum acceleration data chan- Within this specified rotation corridor, nel to obtain the velocity vs. time the peak moment about the occipital curve:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.124 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE B

Time Pendulum pulse Flexion Extension ms m/s ft/s m/s ft/s

10 ...... 1.2–1.6 3.9–5.3 1.0–1.4 3.3–4.6 20 ...... 2.4–3.4 7.9–11.2 2.2–3.0 7.2–9.8 30 ...... 3.8–5.0 12.5–16.4 3.2–4.2 10.5–13.8

§ 572.124 Thorax assembly and test the head with a tight fit, and a size 4 procedure. pair of long pants having a weight of (a) Thorax (upper torso) assembly. The less than 0.090 kg (0.2 lb) with the legs thorax consists of the part of the torso cut off sufficiently above the knee to assembly shown in drawing 127–2000. allow the knee target to be visible, on (b) When the anterior surface of the a seating surface without back support thorax of a completely assembled as shown in Figure N4, with the limbs dummy (drawing 127–0000) is impacted extended horizontally and forward, par- by a test probe conforming to section allel to the midsagittal plane, the ± 572.127(a) at 6.71 ±0.12 m/s (22.0 ±0.4 ft/s) midsagittal plane vertical within 1 de- according to the test procedure in gree and the ribs level in the anterior- paragraph (c) of this section: posterior and lateral directions within ± (1) The maximum sternum displace- 0.5 degrees. ment (compression) relative to the (3) Establish the impact point at the spine, measured with chest deflection chest midsagittal plane so that the im- transducer (drawing SA572-S50), must pact point of the longitudinal center- be not less than 38.0 mm (1.50 in) and line of the probe coincides with the not more than 46.0 mm (1.80 in). Within midsagittal plane of the dummy within ± ± this specified compression corridor, the 2.5 mm (0.1 in) and is 12.7 1.1 mm (0.5 ± peak force, measured by the probe in 0.04 in) below the horizontal-periph- accordance with section 572.127, shall eral centerline of the No. 3 rib and is not be less than 1150 N (259 lbf) and not within 0.5 degrees of a horizontal line more than 1380 N (310 lbf). The peak in the dummy’s midsagittal plane. force after 12.5 mm (0.5 in) of sternum (4) Impact the thorax with the test displacement but before reaching the probe so that at the moment of contact minimum required 38.0 mm (1.5 in) the probe’s longitudinal center line sternum displacement limit shall not falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal exceed 1500 N (337.2 lbf). line in the dummy’s midsagittal plane. (2) The internal hysteresis of the (5) Guide the test probe during im- ribcage in each impact as determined pact so that there is no significant lat- by the plot of force vs. deflection in eral, vertical or rotational movement. paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be (6) No suspension hardware, suspen- not less than 65 percent but not more sion cables, or any other attachments than 85 percent. to the probe, including the velocity (c) Test procedure. The test procedure vane, shall make contact with the for the thorax assembly is as follows: dummy during the test. (1) Soak the dummy in a controlled [65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 environment at any temperature be- FR 47327, July 18, 2002] tween 20.6° and 22.2 °C (69° and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and § 572.125 Upper and lower torso as- 70 percent for at least four hours prior semblies and torso flexion test pro- to a test. cedure. (2) Seat and orient the dummy, wear- (a) Upper/lower torso assembly. The ing tight-fitting underwear or equiva- test objective is to determine the stiff- lent consisting of a size 5 short-sleeved ness effects of the lumbar spine (draw- shirt having a weight less than 0.090 kg ing 127–3002), including cable (drawing (0.2 lb) and an opening at the top just 127–8095), mounting plate insert (draw- large enough to permit the passage of ing 910420–048), nylon shoulder bushing

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.126

(drawing 9001373), nut (drawing 9001336), supported at or near its vertical ori- and abdominal insert (drawing 127– entation to prevent sagging. 8210), on resistance to articulation be- (5) Remove the external support and tween upper torso assembly (drawing wait two minutes. Measure the initial 127–2000) and lower torso assembly orientation of the torso reference plane (drawing 127–3000). of the seated, unsupported dummy as (b)(1) When the upper torso assembly shown in Figure N5. This initial torso of a seated dummy is subjected to a orientation angle may not exceed 22 de- force continuously applied at the head grees. to neck pivot pin level through a rig- (6) Attach the loading adapter brack- idly attached adaptor bracket as shown et to the spine of the dummy, the pull in Figure N5 according to the test pro- cable, and the load cell as shown in cedure set out in paragraph (c) of this Figure N5. section, the lumbar spine-abdomen as- (7) Apply a tension force in the sembly shall flex by an amount that midsagittal plane to the pull cable as permits the upper torso assembly to shown in Figure N5 at any upper torso translate in angular motion until the deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 de- machined rear surface of the instru- grees per second, until the torso ref- ment cavity at the back of the thoracic erence plane is at 45 ±0.5 degrees of spine box is at 45 ±0.5 degrees relative flexion relative to the vertical trans- to the vertical transverse plane, at verse plane as shown in Figure N5. which time the force applied as shown (8) Continue to apply a force suffi- in Figure N5 must be not less than 147 cient to maintain 45 ±0.5 degrees of N (33 lbf) and not more than 200 N (45 flexion for 10 seconds, and record the lbf), and highest applied force during the 10-sec- (2) Upon removal of the force, the ond period. torso assembly must return to within 8 (9) Release all force as rapidly as pos- degrees of its initial position. sible, and measure the return angle at (c) Test procedure. The test procedure 3 minutes or any time thereafter after for the torso assemblies is as follows: the release. (1) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature be- § 572.126 Knees and knee impact test tween 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and procedure. a relative humidity between 10 and 70 (a) Knee assembly. The knee assembly percent for at least four hours prior to is part of the leg assembly (drawing a test. 127–4000–1 and –2). (2) Attach the dummy (with or with- (b) When the knee assembly, con- out the legs below the femurs) to the sisting of knee machined (drawing 127– fixture in a seated posture as shown in 4013), knee flesh (drawing 127–4011), Figure N5. lower leg (drawing 127–4014), the foot (3) Secure the pelvis at the pelvis in- assembly (drawing 127–4030–1(left) and strument cavity rear face by threading -2 (right)) and femur load transducer four 1⁄4 in cap screws into the available (drawing SA572-S10) or its structural threaded attachment holes. Tighten replacement (drawing 127–4007) is test- the mountings so that the test mate- ed according to the test procedure in rial is rigidly affixed to the test fixture section 572.127(c), the peak resistance and the pelvic-lumbar joining surface force as measured with the test probe is horizontal. mounted accelerometer must be not (4) Flex the thorax forward three less than 2.0 kN (450 lbf) and not more times between vertical and until the than 3.0 kN (674 lbf). torso reference plane, as shown in fig- (c) Test procedure. The test procedure ure N5, reaches 30 ±2 degrees from for the knee assembly is as follows: vertical. Bring the torso to vertical (1) Soak the knee assembly in a con- orientation, remove all externally ap- trolled environment at any tempera- plied flexion forces, and wait 30 min- ture between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 utes before conducting the test. During °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to the 30-minute waiting period, the dum- 70 percent for at least four hours prior my’s upper torso shall be externally to a test.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.127 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(2) Mount the test material and se- limited to the direction of the longitu- cure it to a rigid test fixture as shown dinal axis of the impactor. in Figure N6. No contact is permitted (b) The test probe for knee impacts, between any part of the foot or tibia except for attachments, shall be of and any exterior surface. rigid metal or alloy construction and (3) Align the test probe so that concentric about its longitudinal axis. throughout its stroke and at contact Any attachments to the impactor, such with the knee it is within 2 degrees of as suspension hardware, velocity vanes, horizontal and collinear with the longi- etc., must meet the requirements of tudinal centerline of the femur. § 572.126(c)(6). The impactor shall have (4) Guide the pendulum so that there a mass of 0.82 ±0.02 kg (1.8 ±0.05 lb) and is no significant lateral vertical or rotational movement at time-zero. a minimum mass moment of inertia of (5) The test probe velocity at the 34 kg-cm2 (0.03 lb-in-sec2) in yaw and time of contact shall be 2.1 ±0.03 m/s pitch about the CG of the probe. One (6.9 # 0.1 ft/s). third of the weight of suspension cables (6) No suspension hardware, suspen- and any attachments to the impact sion cables, or any other attachments probe must be included in the calcula- to the probe, including the velocity tion of mass, and such components vane, shall make contact with the may not exceed five percent of the dummy during testing. total weight of the probe. The impacting end of the probe, has a flat, contin- [65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 ± FR 47328, July 18, 2002] uous, and non-deformable 76.2 0.2 mm (3.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with an § 572.127 Test conditions and instru- edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). mentation. The impactor shall have a 76–77 mm (a) The test probe for thoracic im- (3.0–3.1 in) diameter cylindrical surface pacts, except for attachments, shall be extending for a minimum of 12.5 mm of rigid metal or metal alloy construc- (0.5 in) to the rear from the impact tion and concentric about its longitu- face. The probe’s end opposite to the dinal axis. Any attachments to the im- impact face has provisions for mount- pactor, such as suspension hardware, ing an accelerometer with its sensitive velocity vanes, etc., must meet the re- axis collinear with the longitudinal quirements of § 572.124(c)(6). The impac- axis of the probe. The impact probe tor shall have a mass of 2.86 ±0.02 kg shall have a free air resonant frequency (6.3 ±0.05 lb) and a minimum mass mo- of not less than 1000 Hz limited to the ment of inertia of 160 kg-c2 (0.141 lb-in- direction of the longitudinal axis of the sec2) in yaw and pitch about the CG of impactor. the probe. One third of the weight of (c) Head accelerometers shall have suspension cables and any attachments dimensions, response characteristics, to the impact probe must be included and sensitive mass locations specified in the calculation of mass, and such in drawing SA572–S4 and be mounted in components may not exceed five per- the head as shown in drawing 127–0000 cent of the total weight of the probe. sheet 3. The impacting end of the probe, has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable (d) Neck force/moment transducer. (1) 101.6 ±0.25 mm (4.00 ±0.01 in) diameter The upper neck force/moment trans- face with an edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm ducer shall have the dimensions, re- (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have a sponse characteristics, and sensitive 101–103 mm (4.0–4.1 in) diameter cylin- axis locations specified in drawing drical surface extending for a min- SA572–S11 and be mounted in the head- imum of 12.5 mm (0.5 in) to the rear neck assembly as shown in drawing from the impact face. The probe’s end 127–0000 sheet 3. opposite to the impact face has provi- (2) The optional lower neck force/mo- sions for mounting an accelerometer ment transducer shall have the dimen- with its sensitive axis collinear with sions, response characteristics, and the longitudinal axis of the probe. The sensitive axis locations specified in impact probe shall have a free air reso- drawing SA572–S26 and be mounted as nant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz shown in drawing 127–0000 sheet 3.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.127

(e) The thorax accelerometers shall to SAE Recommended Practice J211, have the dimensions, response charac- Rev. Mar95 ‘‘Instrumentation for teristics, and sensitive mass locations lmpact Tests,’’ except that the lumbar specified in drawing SA572–S4 and be measurements are based on CFC 600, mounted in the torso assembly in tri- with channel classes as follows: axial configuration at T4, and as op- (1) Head acceleration—Class 1000. tional instrumentation in uniaxial for- (2) Neck: and-aft oriented configuration on the (i) Forces—Class 1000; most anterior ends of ribs #1 and #6 (ii) Moments—Class 600; and at the spine box at the levels of #1 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class and #6 ribs as shown in 127–0000 sheet 3. 180; (f) The chest deflection transducer (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). shall have the dimensions and response (3) Thorax: characteristics specified in drawing (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; SA572–S50 and be mounted in the upper (ii) Spine and pendulum accelera- torso assembly as shown in 127–0000 tions—Class 180; sheet 3. (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600. (g) The optional lumbar spine force- (4) Lumbar: moment transducer shall have the di- (i) Forces—Class 1000; mensions, response characteristics, and (ii) Moments—Class 600; sensitive axis locations specified in (iii) Flexion—Class 60 if data channel drawing SA572–S12 and be mounted in is used. the lower torso assembly as shown in (5) Pelvis accelerations—Class 1000. drawing 127–0000 sheet 3 as a replace- (6) Femur forces—Class 600. ment for lumbar adaptor 127–3005. (l) Coordinate signs for instrumenta- (h) The optional iliac spine force tion polarity shall conform to the Sign transducers shall have the dimensions Convention For Vehicle Crash Testing, and response characteristics specified Surface Vehicle Information Report, in drawing SA572–S13 and be mounted SAE J1733, 1994–12. in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 127–0000 sheet 3 as a replace- (m) The mountings for sensing de- ment for ASIS load cell 127–3015–1 (left) vices shall have no resonance fre- and ¥2 (right). quency less than 3 times the frequency (i) The optional pelvis range of the applicable channel class. accelerometers shall have the dimen- (n) Limb joints must be set at one G, sions, response characteristics, and barely restraining the weight of the sensitive mass locations specified in limb when it is extended horizontally. drawing SA572–S4 and be mounted in The force needed to move a limb seg- the torso assembly in triaxial configu- ment shall not exceed 2G throughout ration in the pelvis bone as shown in the range of limb motion. drawing 127–0000 sheet 3. (o) Performance tests of the same (j) The femur force transducer shall component, segment, assembly, or have the dimensions and response char- fully assembled dummy shall be sepa- acteristics specified in drawing SA72– rated in time by period of not less than S10 and be mounted in the leg assembly 30 minutes unless otherwise noted. as shown in drawing 127–0000 sheet 3. (p) Surfaces of dummy components (k) The outputs of acceleration and may not be painted except as specified force-sensing devices installed in the in this subpart or in drawings sub- dummy and in the test apparatus speci- tended by this subpart. fied by this part must be recorded in [65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 individual data channels that conform FR 47328, July 18, 2002]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Pt. 572, Subpt. N, Fig. N1 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

FIGURES TO SUBPART N OF PART 572

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER18JY02.000 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. N, Fig. N2

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER18JY02.001 Pt. 572, Subpt. N, Fig. N3 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER18JY02.002 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. N, Fig. N4

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER13JA00.005 Pt. 572, Subpt. N, Fig. N5 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER19SE02.000 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. N, Fig. N6

[65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 47329, July 18, 2002; 67 FR 59023, Sept. 19, 2002]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER18JY02.003 § 572.130 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

Subpart O—Hybrid III 5th Per- part O Hybrid III Fifth Percentile centile Female Test Dummy, Adult Female Crash Test Dummy Alpha Version (HIII–5F), Alpha Version’’ (February 2002), incorporated by reference in § 572.132. SOURCE: 65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, unless otherwise noted. (3) SAE Recommended Practice J211/ 1, Rev. Mar 95 ‘‘Instrumentation for § 572.130 Incorporation by reference. Impact Tests—Part 1—Electronic In- (a) The following materials are here- strumentation’’, incorporated by ref- by incorporated into this Subpart by erence in § 572.137; reference: (4) SAE Recommended Practice J211/ (1) A drawings and specification 2, Rev. Mar 95 ‘‘Instrumentation for package entitled ‘‘Parts List and Draw- Impact Tests—Part 2—Photographic ings, Part 572 Subpart O Hybrid III Instrumentation’’ incorporated by ref- Fifth Percentile Small Adult Female erence in § 572.137; and Crash Test Dummy (HIII–5F, Alpha (5) SAE J1733 of 1994–12 ‘‘Sign Con- Version)’’ (June 2002), incorporated by vention for Vehicle Crash Testing’’, in- reference in ‘‘572.131, and consisting of: corporated by reference in § 572.137. (i) Drawing No. 880105–100X, Head As- (b) The Director of the Federal Reg- sembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.131, 572.132, 572.133, 572.134, 572.135, ister approved the materials incor- and 572.137; porated by reference in accordance (ii) Drawing No. 880105–250, Neck As- with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. sembly, incorporated by reference in Copies of the materials may be in- §§ 572.131, 572.133, 572.134, 572.135, and spected at NHTSA’s Technical Ref- 572.137; erence Library, 400 Seventh Street (iii) Drawing No. 880105–300, Upper SW., room 5109, Washington, DC, or at Torso Assembly, incorporated by ref- the National Archives and Records Ad- erence in §§ 572.131, 572.134, 572.135, and ministration (NARA). For information 572.137; on the availability of this material at (iv) Drawing No. 880105–450, Lower NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// Torso Assembly, incorporated by ref- www.archives.gov/federallregister/ erence in §§ 572.131, 572.134, 572.135, and codeloflfederallregulations/ 572.137; ibrllocations.html. (v) Drawing No. 880105–560–1, Com- (c) The incorporated materials are plete Leg Assembly—left, incorporated available as follows: by reference in §§ 572.131, 572.135, 572.136, and 572.137; (1) The Parts List and Drawings, Part (vi) Drawing No. 880105–560–2, Com- 572 Subpart O Hybrid III Fifth Per- plete Leg Assembly—right incor- centile Small Adult Female Crash Test porated by reference in §§ 572.131, Dummy, (HIII–5F, Alpha Version) 572.135, 572.136, and 572.137; (June 2002), referred to in paragraph (vii) Drawing No. 880105–728–1, Com- (a)(1) of this section and the Proce- plete Arm Assembly—left, incorporated dures for Assembly, Disassembly, and by reference in §§ 572.131, 572.134, and Inspection (PADI) of the Hybrid III 5th 572.135 as part of the complete dummy Percentile Small Adult Female Crash assembly; Test Dummy, Alpha Version, referred (viii) Drawing No. 880105–728–2, Com- to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section plete Arm Assembly—right, incor- are available from Reprographic Tech- porated by reference in §§ 572.131, nologies, 9107 Gaither Road, Gaithers- 572.134, and 572.135 as part of the com- burg, MD 20877, (301) 419–5070. These plete dummy assembly; documents are also accessible for read- (ix) The Hybrid III 5th percentile ing and copying through the DOT small adult female crash test dummy Docket Management System. parts list, incorporated by reference in § 572.131; (2) The SAE materials referred to in (2) A procedures manual entitled paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this sec- ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- tion are available from the Society of assembly, and Inspection (PADI) Sub-

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.133

Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Com- (14.8 ±0.04 in) in accordance with sub- monwealth Drive, Warrendale, Pa. section (c) of this section, the peak re- 15096. sultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometers at the head CG may [65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 46413, July 15, 2002] not be less than 250 G or more than 300 G. The resultant acceleration vs. time § 572.131 General description. history curve shall be unimodal; oscillations occurring after the main pulse (a) The Hybrid III fifth percentile must be less than 10 percent of the adult female crash test dummy is de- peak resultant acceleration. The lat- fined by drawings and specifications eral acceleration shall not exceed 15 G containing the following materials: (zero to peak). (1) Technical drawings and specifica- (c) The test pro- tions package P/N 880105–000 (refer to Head test procedure. cedure for the head is as follows: § 572.130(a)(1)), the titles of which are (1) Soak the head assembly in a con- listed in Table A; trolled environment at any tempera- (2) Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 ture between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 Subpart O Hybrid III Fifth Percentile °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to Small Adult Female Crash Test 70 percent for at least four hours prior Dummy (HIII–5F, Alpha Version) (June to a test. 2002) (refer to § 572.130(a)(1)(ix)). (2) Prior to the test, clean the impact TABLE A surface of the skin and the impact plate surface with isopropyl alcohol, Component assembly Drawing No. trichloroethane, or an equivalent. The Head Assembly ...... 880105–100X skin of the head must be clean and dry Neck Assembly ...... 880105–250 for testing. Upper Torso Assembly ...... 880105–300 (3) Suspend and orient the head as- Lower Torso Assembly ...... 880105–450 sembly as shown in Figure 19 of 49 CFR Complete Leg Assembly—left ...... 880105–560–1 Complete Leg Assembly—right ...... 880105–560–2 572. The lowest point on the forehead Complete Arm Assembly—left ...... 880105–728–1 must be 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) Complete Arm Assembly—right ...... 880105–728–2 from the impact surface. The 1.57 mm (0.062 in) diameter holes located on ei- (b) Adjacent segments are joined in a ther side of the dummy’s head shall be manner such that, except for contacts used to ensure that the head is level existing under static conditions, there with respect to the impact surface. is no contact between metallic ele- (4) Drop the head assembly from the ments throughout the range of motion specified height by means that ensure a or under simulated crash impact condi- smooth, instant release onto a rigidly tions. supported flat horizontal steel plate (c) The structural properties of the which is 50.8 mm (2.0 in) thick and 610 dummy are such that the dummy con- mm (24.0 in) square. The impact surface forms to this Subpart in every respect shall be clean, dry and have a micro before use in any test similar to those finish of not less than 203.2.×10¥6 mm (8 specified in Standard 208, Occupant micro inches) (RMS) and not more than Crash Protection. 2032.0×10¥6 mm (80 micro inches) [65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 (RMS). FR 46414, July 15, 2002] (5) Allow at least 2 hours between successive tests on the same head. § 572.132 Head assembly and test procedure. § 572.133 Neck assembly and test pro- (a) The head assembly (refer to cedure. § 572.130(a)(1)(i)) for this test consists of (a) The neck assembly (refer to the complete head (drawing 880105– § 572.130(a)(1)(ii)) for the purposes of 100X), a six-axis neck transducer (draw- this test consists of the assembly of ing SA572–S11) or its structural re- components shown in drawing 880105– placement (drawing 78051–383X), and 3 250. accelerometers (drawing SA572–S4). (b) When the head-neck assembly (b) When the head assembly is consisting of the head (drawing 880105– dropped from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm 100X), neck (drawing 880105–250), bib

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.133 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

simulator (drawing 880105–371), upper (ii) The moment shall be calculated neck adjusting bracket (drawing by the following formula: Moment (N- 880105–207), lower neck adjusting brack- m) = My ¥ (0.01778m)×(Fx). et (drawing 880105–208), six-axis neck (iii) My is the moment about the y- transducer (drawing SA572–S11), and ei- axis, Fx is the shear force measured by ther three accelerometers (drawing the neck transducer (drawing SA572– SA572–S4) or their mass equivalent in- S11), and 0.01778 m is the distance from stalled in the head assembly as speci- force to occipital condyle. fied in drawing 880105–100X, is tested (3) Time-zero is defined as the time of according to the test procedure in sub- initial contact between the pendulum section (c) of this section, it shall have striker plate and the honeycomb mate- the following characteristics: rial. All data channels shall be at the (1) Flexion. (i) Plane D, referenced in zero level at this time. Figure O1, shall rotate in the direction (c) Test Procedure. The test procedure of preimpact flight with respect to the for the neck assembly is as follows: pendulum’s longitudinal centerline be- (1) Soak the neck assembly in a con- tween 77 degrees and 91 degrees. During trolled environment at any tempera- ° the time interval while the rotation is ture between 20.6 and 22.2 C (69 and 72 ° within the specified corridor, the peak F) and a relative humidity between 10 moment, measured by the neck trans- and 70 percent for at least four hours ducer (drawing SA5572–311), about the prior to a test. (2) Torque the jam nut (drawing occipital condyles may not be less than 9000018) on the neck cable (drawing 69 N-m (51 ft-lbf) and not more than 83 880105–206) to 1.4 ±0.2 N-m (12.0 ±2.0 in- N-m (61 ft-lbf). The positive moment lb). shall decay for the first time to 10 N-m (3) Mount the head-neck assembly, (7.4 ft-lbf ) between 80 ms and 100 ms defined in subsection (b) of this sec- after time zero. tion, on the pendulum described in Fig- (ii) The moment shall be calculated ure 22 of 49 CFR 572 so that the by the following formula: Moment (N- midsagittal plane of the head is ¥ × m)= My (0.01778m) (Fx). vertical and coincides with the plane of (iii) My is the moment about the y- motion of the pendulum as shown in axis, Fx is the shear force measured by Figure O1 for flexion tests and Figure the neck transducer (drawing SA572– O2 for extension tests. S11), and 0.01778m is the distance from (4)(i) Release the pendulum and allow force to occipital condyle. it to fall freely from a height to (2) Extension. (i) Plane D, referenced achieve an impact velocity of 7.01 ±0.12 in Figure O2, shall rotate in the direc- m/s (23.0 ±0.4 ft/s) for flexion tests and tion of preimpact flight with respect to 6.07 ±0.12 m/s (19.9 ±0.40 ft/s) for exten- the pendulum’s longitudinal centerline sion tests, measured by an acceler- between 99 degrees and 114 degrees. ometer mounted on the pendulum as During the time interval while the ro- shown in Figure 22 of 49 CFR 572 at the tation is within the specified corridor, instant of contact with the honey the peak moment, measured by the comb. neck transducer (drawing SA5572–S11), (ii) Stop the pendulum from the ini- about the occipital condyles shall be tial velocity with an acceleration vs. not more than ¥53 N-m (¥39 ft-lbf) and time pulse which meets the velocity not less than ¥65 N-m (¥48 ft-lbf). The change as specified below. Integrate negative moment shall decay for the the pendulum acceleration data chan- first time to ¥10 N-m (¥7.4 ft-lbf) be- nel to obtain the velocity vs. time tween 94 ms and 114 ms after time zero. curve:

TABLE B—PENDULUM PULSE

Flexion Extension Time ms m/s ft/s m/s ft/s

10 ...... 2.1–2.5 6.9–8.2 1.5–1.9 4.9–6.2 20 ...... 4.0–5.0 13.1–16.4 3.1–3.9 10.2–12.8 30 ...... 5.8–7.0 19.5–23.0 4.6–5.6 15.1–18.4

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.135

[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 percent for at least four hours prior to FR 46414, July 15, 2002] a test. (3) Seat and orient the dummy on a § 572.134 Thorax assembly and test seating surface without back support procedure. as shown in Figure O3, with the limbs (a) Thorax (Upper Torso) Assembly extended horizontally and forward, par- (refer to § 572.130(a)(1)(iii)). The thorax allel to the midsagittal plane, the consists of the part of the torso assem- midsagittal plane vertical within ±1 de- bly shown in drawing 880105–300. gree and the ribs level in the anterior- (b) When the anterior surface of the posterior and lateral directions within thorax of a completely assembled ±0.5 degrees. dummy (drawing 880105–000) is im- (4) Establish the impact point at the pacted by a test probe conforming to chest midsagittal plane so that the im- section 572.137(a) at 6.71 ±0.12 m/s (22.0 pact point of the longitudinal center- ±0.4 ft/s) according to the test proce- line of the probe coincides with the dure in subsection (c) of this section: midsagittal plane of the dummy within (1) Maximum sternum displacement ±2.5 mm (0.1 in) and is 12.7 ±1.1 mm (0.5 (compression) relative to the spine, ±0.04 in) below the horizontal-periph- measured with chest deflection trans- eral centerline of the No. 3 rib and is ducer (drawing SA572–S5), must be not within 0.5 degrees of a horizontal line less than 50.0 mm (1.97 in) and not more in the dummy’s midsagittal plane. than 58.0 mm (2.30 in). Within this spec- (5) Impact the thorax with the test ified compression corridor, the peak probe so that at the moment of contact force, measured by the impact probe as the probe’s longitudinal center line defined in section 572.137 and cal- falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal culated in accordance with paragraph line in the dummy’s midsagittal plane. (b)(3) of this section, shall not be less (6) Guide the test probe during im- than 3900 N (876 lbf) and not more than pact so that there is no significant lat- 4400 N (989 lbf). The peak force after eral, vertical or rotational movement. 18.0 mm (0.71 in) of sternum displace- (7) No suspension hardware, suspen- ment but before reaching the minimum sion cables, or any other attachments required 50.0 mm (1.97 in) sternum dis- to the probe, including the velocity placement limit shall not exceed 4600 vane, shall make contact with the N. dummy during the test. (2) The internal hysteresis of the [65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 ribcage in each impact as determined FR 46415, July 15, 2002] by the plot of force vs. deflection in paragraph (1) of this section shall be § 572.135 Upper and lower torso as- not less than 69 percent but not more semblies and torso flexion test pro- than 85 percent. The hysteresis shall be cedure. calculated by determining the ratio of (a) Upper/lower torso assembly. The the area between the loading and un- test objective is to determine the stiff- loading portions of the force deflection ness effects of the lumbar spine (draw- curve to the area under the loading ing 880105–1096), and abdominal insert portion of the curve. (drawing 880105–434), on resistance to (3) The force shall be calculated by articulation between the upper torso the product of the impactor mass and assembly (drawing 880105–300) and the its deceleration. lower torso assembly (drawing 880105– (c) Test procedure. The test procedure 450) (refer to § 572.130(a)(1)(iv)). for the thorax assembly is as follows: (b)(1) When the upper torso assembly (1) The dummy is clothed in a form of a seated dummy is subjected to a fitting cotton stretch above-the-elbow force continuously applied at the head sleeved shirt and above-the-knee pants. to neck pivot pin level through a rig- The weight of the shirt and pants shall idly attached adaptor bracket as shown not exceed 0.14 kg (0.30 lb) each. in Figure O4 according to the test pro- (2) Soak the dummy in a controlled cedure set out in subsection (c) of this environment at any temperature be- section, the lumbar spine-abdomen as- tween 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and sembly shall flex by an amount that a relative humidity between 10 and 70 permits the upper torso assembly to

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.136 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

translate in angular motion relative to (8) Attach the pull cable and the load the vertical transverse plane 45 ±0.5 de- cell as shown in Figure O4. grees at which time the force applied (9) Apply a tension force in the must be not less than 320 N (71.5 lbf) midsagittal plane to the pull cable as and not more than 390 N (87.4 lbf), and shown in Figure O4 at any upper torso (2) Upon removal of the force, the deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 de- torso assembly must return to within 8 grees per second, until the angle ref- degrees of its initial position. erence plane is at 45 ±0.5 degrees of (c) Test procedure. The test procedure flexion relative to the vertical trans- for the upper/lower torso assembly is as verse plane. follows: (9) Continue to apply a force suffi- (1) Soak the dummy in a controlled cient to maintain 45 ±0.5 degrees of environment at any temperature be- flexion for 10 seconds, and record the tween 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and highest applied force during the 10-sec- a relative humidity between 10 and 70 ond period. percent for at least four hours prior to (10) Release all force at the attach- a test. ment bracket as rapidly as possible, (2) Assemble the complete dummy and measure the return angle with re- (with or without the legs below the fe- spect to the initial angle reference murs) and attach to the fixture in a plane as defined in paragraph (6) 3 min- seated posture as shown in Figure O4. utes after the release. (3) Secure the pelvis to the fixture at the pelvis instrument cavity rear face § 572.136 Knees and knee impact test procedure. by threading four 1⁄4 inch cap screws into the available threaded attachment (a) Knee assembly. The knee assembly holes. Tighten the mountings so that (refer to §§ 572.130(a)(1)(v) and (vi)) for the test material is rigidly affixed to the purpose of this test is the part of the test fixture and the pelvic-lumbar the leg assembly shown in drawing joining surface is horizontal. 880105–560. (4) Attach the loading adapter brack- (b)(1) When the knee assembly, con- et to the spine of the dummy as shown sisting of sliding knee assembly (draw- in Figure O4. ing 880105–528R or –528L), lower leg (5) Inspect and adjust, if necessary, structural replacement (drawing the seating of the abdominal insert 880105–603), lower leg flesh (drawing within the pelvis cavity and with re- 880105–601), ankle assembly (drawing spect to the torso flesh, assuring that 880105–660), foot assembly (drawing the torso flesh provides uniform fit and 880105–651 or 650), and femur load trans- overlap with respect to the outside sur- ducer (drawing SA572–S14) or its struc- face of the pelvis flesh. tural replacement (drawing 78051–319) is (6) Flex the dummy’s upper torso tested according to the test procedure three times between the vertical and in subsection (c), the peak resistance until the torso reference plane, as force as measured with the test probe- shown in Figure O4, reaches 30 degrees mounted accelerometer must be not from the vertical transverse plane. less than 3450 N (776 lbf) and not more Bring the torso to vertical orientation than 4060 N (913 lbf). and wait for 30 minutes before con- (2) The force shall be calculated by ducting the test. During the 30 minute the product of the impactor mass and waiting period, the dummy’s upper its deceleration. torso shall be externally supported at (c) Test procedure. The test procedure or near its vertical orientation to pre- for the knee assembly is as follows: vent it from drooping. (1) Soak the knee assembly in a con- (7) Remove all external support and trolled environment at any tempera- wait two minutes. Measure the initial ture between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 orientation angle of the torso reference °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to plane of the seated, unsupported 70 percent for at least four hours prior dummy as shown in Figure O4. The ini- to a test. tial orientation angle may not exceed (2) Mount the test material and se- 20 degrees. cure it to a rigid test fixture as shown

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.137

in Figure O5. No part of the foot or air resonant frequency of not less than tibia may contact any exterior surface. 1000 Hz, which may be determined (3) Align the test probe so that using the procedure listed in Docket throughout its stroke and at contact No. NHTSA–6714–14. with the knee it is within 2 degrees of (b) The test probe for knee impacts, horizontal and collinear with the longi- except for attachments, shall be of tudinal centerline of the femur. rigid metallic construction and concen- (4) Guide the pendulum so that there tric about its longitudinal axis. Any is no significant lateral vertical or ro- attachments to the impactor, such as tational movement at the time of ini- suspension hardware, impact vanes, tial contact between the impactor and etc., must meet the requirements of the knee. § 572.136(c)(6). The impactor shall have (5) The test probe velocity at the a mass of 2.99±0.23 kg (6.6±0.5 lbs) and a time of contact shall be 2.1 ±0.03 m/s minimum mass moment of inertia of (6.9 ±0.1 ft/s). 209 kg-cm2 (0.177 lb-in-sec2) in yaw and (6) No suspension hardware, suspen- pitch about the CG of the probe. One- sion cables, or any other attachments third (1/3) of the weight of suspension to the probe, including the velocity cables and any attachments to the im- vane, shall make contact with the pact probe may be included in the cal- dummy during the test. culation of mass, and such components [65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 may not exceed five percent of the FR 46415, July 15, 2002] total weight of the test probe. The impacting end of the probe, perpendicular § 572.137 Test conditions and instru- to and concentric with the longitudinal mentation. axis of the probe, has a flat, contin- (a) The test probe for thoracic im- uous, and non-deformable 76.2 ±0.2 mm pacts, except for attachments, shall be (3.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with a min- of rigid metallic construction and con- imum/maximum edge radius of 7.6/12.7 centric about its longitudinal axis. Any mm (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have attachments to the impactor, such as a 76.2–76.4 mm (3.0–3.1 in) diameter cy- suspension hardware, impact vanes, lindrical surface extending for a min- etc., must meet the requirements of imum of 12.5 mm (0.5 in) to the rear § 572.134(c)(7). The impactor shall have from the impact face. The probe’s end a mass of 13.97 ±0.23 kg (30.8 ±0.5 lbs) opposite to the impact face has provi- and a minimum mass moment of iner- sions for mounting an accelerometer tia of 3646 kg-cm2 (3.22 lbs-in-sec2) in with its sensitive axis collinear with yaw and pitch about the CG of the the longitudinal axis of the probe. The probe. One-third (1/3) of the weight of impact probe has a free air resonant suspension cables and any attachments frequency of not less than 1000 Hz, to the impact probe must be included which may be determined using the in the calculation of mass, and such procedure listed in Docket No. NHTSA– components may not exceed five per- 6714–14. cent of the total weight of the test (c) Head accelerometers shall have probe. The impacting end of the probe, dimensions, response characteristics, perpendicular to and concentric with and sensitive mass locations specified the longitudinal axis of the probe, has in drawing SA572–S4 and be mounted in a flat, continuous, and non-deformable the head as shown in drawing 880105–000 152.4 ±0.25 mm (6.00 ±0.01 in) diameter sheet 3 of 6. face with a minimum/maximum edge (d) The upper neck force/moment radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). The transducer shall have the dimensions, impactor shall have a 152.4–152.6 mm response characteristics, and sensitive (6.0–6.1 in) diameter cylindrical surface axis locations specified in drawing extending for a minimum of 25 mm (1.0 SA572–S11 and be mounted in the head in) to the rear from the impact face. neck assembly as shown in drawing The probe’s end opposite to the impact 880105–000, sheet 3 of 6. face has provisions for mounting of an (e) The thorax accelerometers shall accelerometer with its sensitive axis have the dimensions, response charac- collinear with the longitudinal axis of teristics, and sensitive mass locations the probe. The impact probe has a free specified in drawing SA572–S4 and be

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.137 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

mounted in the torso assembly in tri- (m) The outputs of acceleration and axial configuration within the spine force-sensing devices installed in the box instrumentation cavity and as op- dummy and in the test apparatus speci- tional instrumentation in uniaxial for- fied by this part shall be recorded in in- and-aft oriented configuration ar- dividual data channels that conform to ranged as corresponding pairs in three SAE Recommended Practice J211/10, locations on the sternum on and at the Rev. Mar95 ‘‘Instrumentation for Im- spine box of the upper torso assembly pact Impact Tests;—Part 1—Electronic as shown in drawing 880105–000 sheet 3 Instrumentation,’’ and SAE Rec- of 6. ommended Practice J211/2, Rev Mar95 (f) The optional lumbar spine force- ‘‘Instrumentation for Impact Tests— moment transducer shall have the di- Part 2—Photographic Instrumenta- mensions, response characteristics, and tion’’, (refer to §§ 572.130(a)(3) and (4) re- sensitive axis locations specified in spectively) except as noted, with chan- drawing SA572–S15 and be mounted in nel classes as follows: the lower torso assembly as shown in (1) Head acceleration—Class 1000 drawing 880105–450. (2) Neck: (g) The optional iliac spine force (i) Forces—Class 1000 transducers shall have the dimensions (ii) Moments—Class 600 and response characteristics specified (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class in drawing SA572–S16 and be mounted 180 in the torso assembly as shown in (iv) Rotation potentiometer—Class 60 drawing 880105–450. (optional) (h) The pelvis accelerometers shall (3) Thorax: have the dimensions, response charac- (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000 teristics, and sensitive mass locations (ii) Spine and pendulum accelera- specified in drawing SA572–S4 and be tions—Class 180 mounted in the torso assembly in tri- (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 axial configuration in the pelvis bone (iv) Forces—Class 1000 as shown in drawing 880105–000 sheet 3. (v) Moments—Class 600 (i) The single axis femur force transducer (SA572–S14) or the optional mul- (4) Lumbar: tiple axis femur force/moment trans- (i) Forces—Class 1000 ducer (SA572–S29) shall have the di- (ii) Moments—Class 600 mensions, response characteristics, and (iii) Torso flexion pulling force— sensitive axis locations specified in the Class 60 if data channel is used appropriate drawing and be mounted in (5) Pelvis: the femur assembly as shown in draw- (i) Accelerations—Class 1000 ing 880105–500 sheet 3 of 6. (ii) Iliac wing forces—Class 180 (j) The chest deflection transducer (6) Femur forces and knee pen- shall have the dimensions and response dulum—Class 600 characteristics specified in drawing (n) Coordinate signs for instrumenta- SA572–S51 and be mounted to the upper tion polarity shall conform to the Sign torso assembly as shown in drawings Convention For Vehicle Crash Testing, 880105–300 and 880105–000 sheet 3 of 6. Surface Vehicle Information Report, (k) The optional lower neck force/mo- SAE J1733, 1994–12 (refer to section ment transducer shall have the dimen- 572.130(a)(4)). sions, response characteristics, and (o) The mountings for sensing devices sensitive axis locations specified in shall have no resonance frequency less drawing SA572–S27 and be mounted to than 3 times the frequency range of the the upper torso assembly as shown in applicable channel class. drawing 880105–000 sheet 3 of 6. (p) Limb joints must be set at one G, (l) The optional thoracic spine force/ barely restraining the weight of the moment transducer shall have the di- limb when it is extended horizontally. mensions, response characteristics, and The force needed to move a limb seg- sensitive axis locations specified in ment shall not exceed 2G throughout drawing SA572–S28 and be mounted in the range of limb motion. the upper torso assembly as shown in (q) Performance tests of the same drawing 880105–000 sheet 3 of 6. component, segment, assembly, or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.137

fully assembled dummy shall be sepa- in this subpart or in drawings sub- rated in time by not less than 30 min- tended by this subpart. utes unless otherwise noted. [65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 (r) Surfaces of dummy components FR 46415, July 15, 2002; 74 FR 29894, June 23, may not be painted except as specified 2009]

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Pt. 572, Subpt. O, Fig. 01 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

FIGURES TO SUBPART O OF PART 572

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER15JY02.000 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. O, Fig. O2

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER15JY02.001 Pt. 572, Subpt. O, Fig. O3 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER15JY02.002 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. O, Fig. O4

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00109 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER15jy02.003 Pt. 572, Subpt. O, Fig. O5 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 46415, July 15, 2002]

100

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER15JY02.004 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.141

Subpart P—3-year-Old Child with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Crash Test Dummy, Alpha Version Copies of the materials may be inspected at NHTSA’s Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street SW, room 5109, SOURCE: 65 FR 15262, Mar. 22, 2000, unless otherwise noted. Washington, DC, or at the National Ar- chives and Records Administration § 572.140 Incorporation by reference. (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call (a) The following materials are here- 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// by incorporated in this subpart P by reference: www.archives.gov/federallregister/ (1) A drawings and specifications codeloflfederallregulations/ package entitled, ‘‘Parts List and ibrllocations.html. Drawings, Subpart P Hybrid III 3-year- (b) The incorporated materials are old child crash test dummy, (H-III3C, available as follows: Alpha version) September 2001,’’ incor- (1) The drawings and specifications porated by reference in § 572.141 and package referred to in paragraph (a)(1) consisting of: of this section and the PADI document (i) Drawing No. 210–1000, Head Assem- referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this bly, incorporated by reference in section are accessible for viewing and §§ 572.141, 572.142, 572.144, 572.145, and copying at the Department of Trans- 572.146; portation’s Docket public area, Plaza (ii) Drawing No. 210–2001, Neck As- 401, 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, sembly, incorporated by reference in DC 20590, and downloadable at §§ 572.141, 572.143, 572.144, 572.145, and dms.dot.gov. They are also available 572.146; from Reprographic Technologies, 9107 (iii) Drawing No. TE–208–000, Gaither Rd., Gaithersburg, MD 20877, Headform, incorporated by reference in (301) 419–5070. §§ 572.141, and 572.143; (2) The SAE materials referred to in (iv) Drawing No. 210–3000, Upper/ paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this sec- Lower Torso Assembly, incorporated tion are available from the Society of by reference in §§ 572.141, 572.144, 572.145, Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Com- and 572.146; monwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA (v) Drawing No. 210–5000–1(L), –2(R), 15096. Leg Assembly, incorporated by ref- [65 FR 15262, Mar. 22, 2000, as amended at 66 erence in §§ 572.141, 572.144, 572.145 as FR 64376, Dec. 13, 2001] part of a complete dummy assembly; (vi) Drawing No. 210–6000–1(L), –2(R), § 572.141 General description. Arm Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.141, 572.144, and 572.145 (a) The Hybrid III 3-year-old child as part of the complete dummy assem- dummy is described by the following bly; materials: (2) A procedures manual entitled (1) Technical drawings and specifica- ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- tions package 210–0000 (refer to assembly and Inspection (PADI), Sub- § 572.140(a)(1)), the titles of which are part P, Hybird III 3-year-old Child listed in Table A of this section; Crash Test Dummy, (H-III3C, Alpha (2) Procedures for Assembly, Dis- Version) September 2001,’’ incorporated assembly and Inspection document by reference in § 572.141; (PADI) (refer to § 572.140(a)(2)). (3) SAE Recommended Practice J211/ (b) The dummy is made up of the 1, Rev. Mar 95 ‘‘Instrumentation for component assemblies set out in the Impact Tests—Part 1-Electronic In- following Table A of this section: strumentation’’, incorporated by reference in § 572.146; TABLE A (4) SAE J1733 1994–12 ‘‘Sign Conven- Component assembly Drawing No. tion for Vehicle Crash Testing’’ incorporated by reference in § 572.146. Head Assembly ...... 210–1000 (5) The Director of the Federal Reg- Neck Assembly (complete) ...... 210–2001 Upper/Lower Torso Assembly ...... 210–3000 ister approved those materials incor- Leg Assembly ...... 210–5000–1(L), porated by reference in accordance –2(R)

101

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.142 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

TABLE A—Continued (2) Prior to the test, clean the impact surface of the head skin and the steel Component assembly Drawing No. impact plate surface with isopropyl al- Arm Assembly ...... 210–6000–1(L), cohol, trichlorethane, or an equivalent. –2(R) Both impact surfaces must be clean and dry for testing. (c) Adjacent segments are joined in a (3) Suspend the head assembly with manner such that except for contacts its midsagittal plane in vertical ori- existing under static conditions, there entation as shown in Figure P1 of this is no contact between metallic ele- subpart. The lowest point on the fore- ments throughout the range of motion head is 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.76 ±0.04 in) or under simulated crash impact condi- from the steel impact surface. The 3.3 tions. mm (0.13 in) diameter holes, located on (d) The structural properties of the either side of the dummy’s head in dummy are such that the dummy con- transverse alignment with the CG, forms to this part in every respect only before use in any test similar to those shall be used to ensure that the head specified in Standard 208, Occupant transverse plane is level with respect Crash Protection, and Standard 213, to the impact surface. Child Restraint Systems. (4) Drop the head assembly from the specified height by a means that en- § 572.142 Head assembly and test pro- sures a smooth, instant release onto a cedure. rigidly supported flat horizontal steel (a) The head assembly (refer to plate which is 50.8 mm (2 in) thick and § 572.140(a)(1)(i)) for this test consists of 610 mm (24 in) square. The impact sur- the head (drawing 210–1000), adapter face shall be clean, dry and have a fin- plate (drawing ATD 6259), acceler- ish of not less than 203.2×10¥6 mm (8 ometer mounting block (drawing SA micro inches) (RMS) and not more than ¥6 572–S80), structural replacement of 1⁄2 2032.0×10 mm (80 micro inches) mass of the neck load transducer (RMS). (drawing TE–107–001), head mounting (5) Allow at least 2 hours between washer (drawing ATD 6262), one 1⁄2–20×1″ successive tests on the same head. flat head cap screw (FHCS) (drawing 9000150), and 3 accelerometers (drawing § 572.143 Neck-headform assembly and SA–572–S4). test procedure. (b) When the head assembly in para- (a) The neck and headform assembly graph (a) of this section is dropped (refer to §§ 572.140(a)(1)(ii) and from a height of 376.0±1.0 mm (14.8±0.04 572.140(a)(1)(iii)) for the purposes of this in) in accordance with paragraph (c) of test, as shown in Figures P2 and P3 of this section, the peak resultant accel- this subpart, consists of the neck mold- eration at the location of the ed assembly (drawing 210–2015), neck accelerometers at the head CG shall cable (drawing 210–2040), nylon shoulder not be less than 250 g or more than 280 bushing (drawing 9001373), upper mount g. The resultant acceleration versus plate insert (drawing 910420–048), bib time history curve shall be unimodal, simulator (drawing TE–208–050), ure- and the oscillations occurring after the thane washer (drawing 210–2050), neck main pulse shall be less than 10 percent mounting plate (drawing TE–250–021), of the peak resultant acceleration. The two jam nuts (drawing 9001336), load- lateral acceleration shall not exceed moment transducer (drawing SA 572– ±15 G (zero to peak). S19), and headform (drawing TE–208– (c) Head test procedure. The test pro- 000). cedure for the head is as follows: (b) When the neck and headform as- (1) Soak the head assembly in a controlled environment at any tempera- sembly, as defined in § 572.143(a), is ture between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 tested according to the test procedure °F) and at any relative humidity be- in paragraph (c) of this section, it shall tween 10 and 70 percent for at least have the following characteristics: four hours prior to a test. (1) Flexion.

102

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.144

(i) Plane D, referenced in Figure P2 midity between 10 and 70 percent for at of this subpart, shall rotate in the di- least four hours prior to a test. rection of preimpact flight with re- (2) Torque the jam nut (drawing spect to the pendulum’s longitudinal 9001336) on the neck cable (drawing 210– centerline between 70 degrees and 82 2040) between 0.2 N-m and 0.3 N-m. degrees. Within this specified rotation (3) Mount the neck-headform assem- corridor, the peak moment about the bly, defined in paragraph (a) of this occipital condyle may not be less than section, on the pendulum so the 42 N-m and not more than 53 N-m. midsagittal plane of the headform is (ii) The positive moment shall decay vertical and coincides with the plane of for the first time to 10 N-m between 60 motion of the pendulum as shown in ms and 80 ms after time zero. Figure P2 of this subpart for flexion (iii) The moment and rotation data and Figure P3 of this subpart for exten- channels are defined to be zero when sion tests. the longitudinal centerline of the neck (4) Release the pendulum and allow it and pendulum are parallel. to fall freely to achieve an impact velocity of 5.50 ±0.10 m/s (18.05 + 0.40 ft/s) (2) Extension. for flexion and 3.65 ±0.1 m/s (11.98 ±0.40 (i) Plane D referenced in Figure P3 of ft/s) for extension tests, measured by this subpart shall rotate in the direc- an accelerometer mounted on the pen- tion of preimpact flight with respect to dulum as shown in Figure 22 of this the pendulum’s longitudinal centerline part 572 at time zero. between 83 degrees and 93 degrees. (i) The test shall be conducted with- Within this specified rotation corridor, out inducing any torsion twisting of the peak moment about the occipital the neck. ¥ condyle may be not more than 43.7 N- (ii) Stop the pendulum from the ini- ¥ m and not less than 53.3 N-m. tial velocity with an acceleration vs. (ii) The negative moment shall decay time pulse which meets the velocity for the first time to ¥10 N-m between change as specified in Table B of this 60 and 80 ms after time zero. section. Integrate the pendulum accel- (iii) The moment and rotation data eration data channel to obtain the ve- channels are defined to be zero when locity vs. time curve as indicated in the longitudinal centerline of the neck Table B of this section. and pendulum are parallel. (iii) Time-zero is defined as the time (c) Test procedure. (1) Soak the neck of initial contact between the pen- assembly in a controlled environment dulum striker plate and the honeycomb at any temperature between 20.6 and material. The pendulum data channel 22.2 °C (69 and 72 F) and a relative hu- shall be zero at this time.

TABLE B—PENDULUM PULSE

Time Flexion Time Extension ms m/s ft/s ms m/s ft/s

10 ...... 2.0–2.7 6.6–8.9 6 1.0–1.4 3.3–4.6 15 ...... 3.0–4.0 9.8–13.1 10 1.9–2.5 6.2–8.2 20 ...... 4.0–5.1 13.1–16.7 14 2.8–3.5 9.2–11.5

§ 572.144 Thorax assembly and test § 572.146(a) at 6.0 ±0.1 m/s (19.7 ±0.3 ft/s) procedure. according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section. (a) Thorax (upper torso) assembly (refer to § 572.140(a)(1)(iv)). The thorax con- (1) Maximum sternum displacement (compression) relative to the spine, sists of the upper part of the torso as- measured with the chest deflection sembly shown in drawing 210–3000. transducer (SA–572–S50), must not be (b) When the anterior surface of the less than 32mm (1.3 in) and not more thorax of a completely assembled than 38mm (1.5 in). Within this speci- dummy (drawing 210–0000) is impacted fied compression corridor, the peak by a test probe conforming to force, measured by the probe-mounted

103

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.145 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

accelerometer as defined in § 572.146(a) within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in and calculated in accordance with the dummy’s midsagittal plane. paragraph (b)(3) of this section, shall be (6) Guide the test probe during im- not less than 680 N and not more than pact so that there is no significant lat- 810 N. The peak force after 12.5 mm of eral, vertical or rotational movement. sternum compression but before reach- (7) No suspension hardware, suspen- ing the minimum required 32.0 mm sion cables, or any other attachments sternum compression shall not exceed to the probe, including the velocity 910 N. vane, shall make contact with the (2) The internal hysteresis of the dummy during the test. ribcage in each impact, as determined [65 FR 15262, Mar. 22, 2000, as amended at 66 from the force vs. deflection curve, FR 64376, Dec. 13, 2001] shall be not less than 65 percent and not more than 85 percent. The § 572.145 Upper and lower torso as- hysteresis shall be calculated by deter- semblies and torso flexion test pro- mining the ratio of the area between cedure. the loading and unloading portions of (a) The test objective is to determine the force deflection curve to the area the resistance of the lumbar spine and under the loading portion of the curve. abdomen of a fully assembled dummy (3) The force shall be calculated by (drawing 210–0000) to flexion articula- the product of the impactor mass and tion between upper and lower halves of its deceleration. the torso assembly (refer to (c) Test procedure. The test procedure § 572.140(a)(1)(iv)). for the thorax assembly is as follows: (b)(1) When the upper half of the torso assembly of a seated dummy is (1) The test dummy is clothed in cot- subjected to a force continuously ap- ton-polyester-based tight-fitting shirt plied at the occipital condyle level with long sleeves and ankle-length through the rigidly attached adaptor pants whose combined weight is not bracket in accordance with the test more than 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs). procedure set out in paragraph (c) of (2) Soak the dummy in a controlled this section, the lumbar spine-abdomen environment at any temperature be- assembly shall flex by an amount that ° ° tween 20.6 and 22.2 C (69 and 72 F) and permits the upper half of the torso, as at any relative humidity between 10 measured at the posterior surface of and 70 percent for at least four hours the torso reference plane shown in Fig- prior to a test. ure P5 of this subpart, to translate in (3) Seat and orient the dummy on a angular motion in the midsagittal seating surface without back support plane 45 ±0.5 degrees relative to the as shown in Figure P4, with the lower vertical transverse plane, at which limbs extended horizontally and for- time the pulling force applied must not ward, the upper arms parallel to the be less than 130 N (28.8 lbf) and not torso and the lower arms extended more than 180 N (41.2 lbf), and horizontally and forward, parallel to (2) Upon removal of the force, the the midsagittal plane, the midsagittal upper torso assembly returns to within plane being vertical within ±1 degree 10 degrees of its initial position. and the ribs level in the anterior-pos- (c) Test procedure. The test procedure terior and lateral directions within ±0.5 is as follows: degrees. (1) Soak the dummy in a controlled (4) Establish the impact point at the environment at any temperature be- chest midsagittal plane so that the im- tween 18.9° and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and pact point of the longitudinal center- at any relative humidity between 10 line of the probe coincides with the and 70 percent for at least 4 hours prior dummy’s mid-sagittal plane and is cen- to a test. tered on the center of No. 2 rib within (2) Assemble the complete dummy ±2.5 mm (0.1 in.) and 0.5 degrees of a (with or without the lower legs) and horizontal plane. seat it on a rigid flat-surface table, as (5) Impact the thorax with the test shown in Figure P5 of this subpart. probe so that at the moment of contact (i) Unzip the torso jacket and remove the probe’s longitudinal center line is the four 1⁄4–20×3⁄4″ bolts which attach

104

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.146

the lumbar load transducer or its (7) [Reserved] structural replacement to the pelvis (8) Release all force at the loading weldment (drawing 210–4510) as shown adaptor bracket as rapidly as possible in Figure P5 of this subpart. and measure the return angle with re- (ii) Position the matching end of the spect to the initial angle reference rigid pelvis attachment fixture around plane as defined in paragraph (c)(4) of the lumbar spine and align it over the this section 3 to 4 minutes after the re- four bolt holes. lease. (iii) Secure the fixture to the dummy with the four 1⁄4–20×3⁄4″ bolts and attach § 572.146 Test conditions and instru- the fixture to the table. Tighten the mentation. mountings so that the pelvis-lumbar (a) The test probe for thoracic im- joining surface is horizontal within ±1 pacts, except for attachments, shall be deg and the buttocks and upper legs of of rigid metallic construction and con- the seated dummy are in contact with centric about its longitudinal axis. Any the test surface. attachments to the impactor such as (iv) Attach the loading adapter suspension hardware, and impact bracket to the upper part of the torso vanes, must meet the requirements of as shown in Figure P5 of this subpart § 572.144(c)(7) of this part. The impactor and zip up the torso jacket. shall have a mass of 1.70 ±0.02 kg (3.75 (v) Point the upper arms vertically ±0.05 lb) and a minimum mass moment downward and the lower arms forward. of inertia 164 kg-cm2 (0.145 lb-in-sec2) in (3)(i) Flex the thorax forward three yaw and pitch about the CG of the times from vertical until the torso ref- probe. One-third (1⁄3) of the weight of erence plane reaches 30 ±2 degrees from suspension cables and any attachments vertical. The torso reference plane, as to the impact probe must be included shown in figure P5 of this subpart, is in the calculation of mass, and such defined by the transverse plane tangent components may not exceed five per- to the posterior surface of the upper cent of the total weight of the test backplate of the spine box weldment probe. The impacting end of the probe, (drawing 210–8020). perpendicular to and concentric with (ii) Remove all externally applied the longitudinal axis of the probe, has flexion forces and support the upper a flat, continuous, and non-deformable torso half in a vertical orientation for 50.8 ±0.25 mm (2.00 ±0.01 inch) diameter 30 minutes to prevent it from drooping. face with an edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (4) Remove the external support and (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have a after two minutes measure the initial 53.3 mm (2.1 in) dia. cylindrical surface orientation angle of the upper torso extending for a minimum of 25.4 mm reference plane of the seated, unsup- (1.0 in) to the rear from the impact ported dummy as shown in Figure P5 of face. The probe’s end opposite to the this subpart. The initial orientation of impact face has provisions for mount- the torso reference plane may not ex- ing an accelerometer with its sensitive ceed 15 degrees. axis collinear with the longitudinal (5) Attach the pull cable at the point axis of the probe. The impact probe has of load application on the adaptor a free air resonant frequency not less bracket while maintaining the initial than 1000 Hz limited to the direction of torso orientation. Apply a pulling force the longitudinal axis of the impactor. in the midsagittal plane, as shown in (b) Head accelerometers shall have Figure P5 of this subpart, at any upper the dimensions, response characteris- torso flexion rate between 0.5 and 1.5 tics, and sensitive mass locations spec- degrees per second, until the torso ref- ified in drawing SA 572–S4 and be erence plane reaches 45 ±0.5 degrees of mounted in the head as shown in draw- flexion relative to the vertical trans- ing 210–0000. verse plane. (c) The neck force-moment trans- (6) Continue to apply a force suffi- ducer shall have the dimensions, re- cient to maintain 45 ±0.5 degrees of sponse characteristics, and sensitive flexion for 10 seconds, and record the axis locations specified in drawing SA highest applied force during the 10-sec- 572–S19 and be mounted at the upper ond period. neck transducer location as shown in

105

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.146 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

drawing 210–0000. A lower neck trans- (j) The anterior-superior iliac spine ducer as specified in drawing SA 572– transducers may be mounted in the S19 is allowed to be mounted as op- torso assembly as shown in drawing tional instrumentation in place of part 210–0000 as optional instrumentation in No. ATD6204, as shown in drawing 210– place of part No. 210–4540–1, –2. If used, 0000. the transducers shall have the dimen- (d) The shoulder force transducers sions and response characteristics spec- shall have the dimensions and response ified in drawing SA–572–S17. characteristics specified in drawing SA (k) The pelvis accelerometers may be 572–S21 and be allowed to be mounted mounted in the pelvis in triaxial con- as optional instrumentation in place of figuration as shown in drawing 210–0000 part No. 210–3800 in the torso assembly as optional instrumentation. If used, as shown in drawing 210–0000. the accelerometers shall have the di- (e) The thorax accelerometers shall mensions and response characteristics have the dimensions, response charac- specified in drawing SA–572–S4. teristics, and sensitive mass locations (l) The outputs of acceleration and specified in drawing SA 572–S4 and be force-sensing devices installed in the mounted in the torso assembly in tri- dummy and in the test apparatus speci- axial configuration at the T4 location, fied by this part shall be recorded in in- as shown in drawing 210–0000. Triaxial dividual data channels that conform to accelerometers may be mounted as op- the requirements of SAE Rec- tional instrumentation at T1, and T12, ommended Practice J211/1, Rev. Mar 95 and in uniaxial configuration on the ‘‘Instrumentation for Impact Tests— sternum at the midpoint level of ribs Part 1-Electronic Instrumentation’’ No. 1 and No. 3 and on the spine coin- (refer to § 572.140(a)(3)), with channel ciding with the midpoint level of No. 3 classes as follows: rib, as shown in drawing 210–0000. If (1) Head acceleration—Class 1000 used, the accelerometers must conform (2) Neck to SA–572–S4. (i) Force—Class 1000 (f) The chest deflection potentiom- (ii) Moments—Class 600 eter shall have the dimensions and re- (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class sponse characteristics specified in 180 drawing SA–572–S50 and be mounted in (iv) Rotation potentiometer response the torso assembly as shown drawing (if used)—CFC 60. 210–0000. (3) Thorax: (g) The lumbar spine force/moment (i) Rib/sternum acceleration—Class transducer may be mounted in the 1000 torso assembly as shown in drawing (ii) Spine and pendulum accelera- 210–0000 as optional instrumentation in tions—Class 180 place of part No. 210–4150. If used, the (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 transducer shall have the dimensions (iv) Shoulder force—Class 180 and response characteristics specified (4) Lumbar: in drawing SA–572–S20. (i) Forces—Class 1000 (h) The pubic force transducer may (ii) Moments—Class 600 be mounted in the torso assembly as (iii) Torso flexion pulling force— shown in drawing 210–0000 as optional Class 60 if data channel is used instrumentation in place of part No. (5) Pelvis 921–0022–036. If used, the transducer (i) Accelerations—Class 1000 shall have the dimensions and response (ii) Acetabulum, pubic symphysis— characteristics specified in drawing Class 1000, SA–572–S18. (iii) Iliac wing forces—Class 180 (i) The acetabulum force transducers (m) Coordinate signs for instrumen- may be mounted in the torso assembly tation polarity shall conform to the as shown in drawing 210–0000 as op- Sign Convention For Vehicle Crash tional instrumentation in place of part Testing, Surface Vehicle Information No. 210–4522. If used, the transducer Report, SAE J1733, 1994–12 (refer to shall have the dimensions and response § 572.140(a)(4)). characteristics specified in drawing (n) The mountings for sensing devices SA–572–S22. shall have no resonance frequency less

106

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. P, Figs.

than 3 times the frequency range of the fully assembled dummy shall be sepa- applicable channel class. rated in time by a period of not less (o) Limb joints shall be set at lG, than 30 minutes unless otherwise barely restraining the weight of the noted. limbs when they are extended hori- (q) Surfaces of dummy components zontally. The force required to move a are not painted except as specified in limb segment shall not exceed 2G this part or in drawings subtended by throughout the range of limb motion. this part. (p) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or

FIGURES TO SUBPART P OF PART 572

107

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Pt. 572, Subpt. P, Fig. P1 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

108

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER22MR00.000 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. P, Fig. P2

109

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER22MR00.001 Pt. 572, Subpt. P, Fig. P3 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

110

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER22MR00.002 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. P, Fig. P4

111

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER13DE01.237 Pt. 572, Subpt. P, Fig. P5 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

[65 FR 15262, Mar. 22, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 64376, Dec. 13, 2001]

112

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER22MR00.004 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.151

Subpart R—CRABI 12-Month-Old (NARA). For information on the avail- Infant, Alpha Version ability of this material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// www.archives.gov/federallregister/ SOURCE: 65 FR 17188, Mar. 31, 2000, unless otherwise noted. codeloflfederallregulations/ ibrllocations.html. § 572.150 Incorporation by reference. (c) The incorporated materials are (a) The following materials are incor- available as follows: porated by reference in this subpart R. (1) The drawings and specifications (1) A drawings and specifications package referred to in paragraph (a)(1) package entitled ‘‘Parts List and Draw- of this section and the procedures man- ings, Subpart R, CRABI 12-Month-Old ual referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of Infant Crash Test Dummy (CRABI–12, this section are available from Alpha version) August 2001’’ and con- Reprographic Technologies, 9000 Vir- sisting of: ginia Manor Road, Beltsville, MD 20705 (i) Drawing No. 921022–001, Head As- (301) 419–5070. sembly, incorporated by reference in (2) The SAE materials referred to §§ 572.151, 572.152, 572.154, and 572.155; paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this sec- (ii) Drawing No. 921022–041, Neck As- tion are available from the Society of sembly, incorporated by reference in Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Com- §§ 572.151, 572.153, 572.154, and 572.155; monwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA (iii) Drawing No. TE–3200–160, 15096. Headform, incorporated by reference in [65 FR 17188, Mar. 31, 2000, as amended at 66 §§ 572.151 and 572.153; FR 45784, Aug. 30, 2001] (iv) Drawing No. 921022–060, Torso As- sembly, incorporated by reference in § 572.151 General description. §§ 572.151, 572.154, and 572.155; (a) The 12-month-old-infant crash (v) Drawing No. 921022–055, Leg As- test dummy is described by drawings sembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.151, and 572.155 as part of a com- and specifications containing the fol- plete dummy assembly; lowing materials: (vi) Drawing No. 921022–054, Arm As- (1) Technical drawings and specifica- sembly, incorporated by reference in tions package 921022–000 (refer to §§ 572.151, and 572.155 as part of the com- § 572.150(a)(1)), the titles of which are plete dummy assembly; listed in Table A of this section; (2) A procedures manual entitled (2) Procedures for Assembly, Dis- ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- assembly and Inspection document assembly and Inspection (PADI) Sub- (PADI) (refer to § 572.150(a)(2)). part R, CRABI 12-Month-Old Infant (b) The dummy consists of the com- Crash Test Dummy (CRABI–12, Alpha ponent assemblies set out in the fol- version) August 2001’’ incorporated by lowing Table A: reference in § 572.155; (3) SAE Recommended Practice J211/ TABLE A 1, Rev. Mar95 ‘‘Instrumentation for Im- Component assembly Drawing number pact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instru- mentation’’, incorporated by reference Head Assembly ...... 921022–001. Neck Assembly (complete) .... 921022–041. in § 572.155; Torso Assembly ...... 921022–060. (4) SAE J1733 1994–12 ‘‘Sign Conven- Leg Assembly ...... 921022–055 R&L. tion for Vehicle Crash Testing’’, incor- Arm Assembly ...... 921022–054 R&L. porated by reference in § 572.155. (b) The Director of the Federal Reg- (c) Adjacent segments of the dummy ister approved those materials incor- are joined in a manner such that, ex- porated by reference in accordance cept for contacts existing under static with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. conditions, there is no contact between Copies of the materials may be in- metallic elements throughout the spected at NHTSA’s Docket Section, range of motion or under simulated 400 Seventh Street S.W., room 5109, crash impact conditions. Washington, DC, or at the National Ar- (d) The structural properties of the chives and Records Administration dummy are such that the dummy shall

113

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.152 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

conform to this Subpart in every re- midsagittal plane in vertical orienta- spect before its use in any test under tion as shown in Figure R1 of this sub- this chapter. part. The lowest point on the forehead is 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) from the § 572.152 Head assembly and test pro- impact surface. The 3.30 mm (0.13 in) cedure. diameter holes located on either side of (a) The head assembly (refer to the dummy’s head are used to ensure § 572.150(a)(1)(i)) for this test consists of that the head is level with respect to the assembly (drawing 921022–001), tri- the impact surface. The angle between axial mount block (SA572–80), and 3 the lower surface plane of the neck accelerometers (drawing SA572–S4). transducer mass simulator (drawing (b) Frontal and rear impact. (1) Fron- 910420–003) and the plane of the impact tal impact. When the head assembly in surface is 45 ±1 degrees. paragraph (a) of this section is dropped (ii) For a rear impact test, suspend from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 the head assembly with its midsagittal ±0.04 in) in accordance with paragraph plane in vertical orientation as shown (c)(3)(i) of this section, the peak result- in Figure R2 of this subpart. The low- ant acceleration measured at the head est point on the back of the head is CG shall not be less than 100 g or more 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) from the im- than 120 g. The resultant acceleration pact surface. The 3.30 mm (0.13 in) di- vs. time history curve shall be ameter holes located on either side of unimodal, and the oscillations occur- the dummy’s head are used to ensure ring after the main pulse shall be less that the head is level with respect to than 17 percent of the peak resultant the impact surface. The angle between acceleration. The lateral acceleration the lower surface plane of the neck shall not exceed ±15 g’s. transducer structural replacement (2) Rear impact. When the head assem- (drawing 910420–003) and the impact bly in paragraph (a) of this section is surface is 90 ±1 degrees. dropped from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm (4) Drop the head assembly from the (14.8 ±0.04 in) in accordance with para- specified height by a means that en- graph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, the peak sures a smooth, instant release onto a resultant acceleration measured at the rigidly supported flat horizontal steel head CG shall be not less than 55 g and plate which is 50.8 mm (2 in) thick and not more than 71 g. The resultant ac- 610 mm (24 in) square. The impact sur- celeration vs. time history curve shall face shall be clean, dry and have a be unimodal, and the oscillations oc- micro finish of not less than 203.2 × 10¥6 curring after the main pulse shall be mm (8 micro inches) (RMS) and not less than 17 percent of the peak result- more than 2032.0 × 10¥6 mm (80 micro ant acceleration. The lateral accelera- inches) (RMS). tion shall not exceed ±15 g’s. (5) Allow at least 2 hours between (c) Head test procedure. The test pro- successive tests of the head assembly cedure for the head is as follows: at the same impact point. For head im- (1) Soak the head assembly in a con- pacts on the opposite side of the head, trolled environment at any tempera- the 30-minute waiting period specified ture between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 in § 572.155(m) does not apply. °F) and at any relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least § 572.153 Neck-headform assembly and four hours prior to a test. These tem- test procedure. perature and humidity levels shall be (a) The neck and headform assembly maintained throughout the entire test- (refer to §§ 572.150(a)(1)(ii) and ing period specified in this section. 572.150(a)(1)(iii)) for the purposes of this (2) Before the test, clean the impact test consists of parts shown in CRABI surface of the head skin and the steel neck test assembly (drawing TE–3200– impact plate surface with isopropyl al- 100); cohol, trichlorethane, or an equivalent. (b) When the neck and headform as- Both impact surfaces shall be clean and sembly, as defined in § 572.153(a), is dry for testing. tested according to the test procedure (3)(i) For a frontal impact test, sus- in § 572.153(c), it shall have the fol- pend the head assembly with its lowing characteristics:

114

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.153

(1) Flexion. (i) Plane D referenced in the distance from the point at which Figure R3 of this subpart shall rotate the load cell measures the force to the in the direction of pre-impact flight occipital condyle. with respect to the pendulum’s longitu- (c) Test procedure. (1) Soak the neck dinal centerline not less than 75 de- assembly in a controlled environment grees and not more than 86 degrees. at any temperature between 20.6 and Within this specified rotation corridor, 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and at any relative the peak positive moment about the humidity between 10 and 70 percent for occipital condyles shall be not less at least four hours prior to a test. than 36 N-m (26.6 ft-lbf) and not more These temperature and humidity levels than 45 N-m (33.2 ft-lbf). shall be maintained throughout the (ii) The positive moment about the testing period specified in this section. occipital condyles shall decay for the (2) Torque the jam nut (drawing first time to 5 N-m (3.7 ft-lbf) between 9001336) on the neck cable (drawing 60 ms and 80 ms after time zero. ATD–6206) to 0.2 to 0.3 Nm (2–3 in-lbf). (iii) The moment about the occipital (3) Mount the neck-headform assem- condyles shall be calculated by the fol- bly, defined in paragraph (b) of this lowing formula: Moment (N-m) = My ¥ section, on the pendulum so the (0.005842m) × (Fx), where My is the mo- midsagittal plane of the headform is ment about the y-axis, Fx is the shear vertical and coincides with the plane of force measured by the neck transducer motion of the pendulum as shown in (drawing SA572 –S23) and 0.005842m is Figure R3 for flexion and Figure R4 for the distance from the point at which extension tests. the load cell measures the force to the (i) The moment and rotation data occipital condyle. channels are defined to be zero when (2) Extension. (i) Plane D referenced the longitudinal centerline of the neck in Figure R4 of this subpart shall ro- and pendulum are parallel. tate in the direction of preimpact (ii) The test shall be conducted with- flight with respect to the pendulum’s out inducing any torsion of the neck. longitudinal centerline not less than 80 (4) Release the pendulum and allow it degrees and not more than 92 degrees. to fall freely to achieve an impact ve- Within the specified rotation corridor, locity of 5.2 ±0.1 m/s (17.1 ±0.3 ft/s) for the peak negative moment about the flexion and 2.5 ±0.1 m/s (8.2 ±0.3 ft/s) for occipital condyles shall be not more extension measured at the center of than ¥12 Nm (¥8.9 ft-lbf) and not less the pendulum accelerometer at the in- than ¥23 N-m (¥17.0 ft-lbf) within the stant of contact with the honeycomb. minimum and maximum rotation in- (i) Time-zero is defined as the time of terval. initial contact between the pendulum (ii) The negative moment about the striker plate and the honeycomb mate- occipital condyles shall decay for the rial. The pendulum data channel shall first time to ¥5 Nm (¥3.7 lbf-ft) be- be defined to be zero at this time. tween 76 ms and 90 ms after time zero. (ii) Stop the pendulum from the ini- (iii) The moment about the occipital tial velocity with an acceleration vs. condyles shall be calculated by the fol- time pulse which meets the velocity lowing formula: Moment (N-m) = My ¥ change as specified in the following (0.005842m) × (Fx), where My is the mo- table. Integrate the pendulum accel- ment about the y-axis, Fx is the shear eration data channel to obtain the ve- force measured by the neck transducer locity vs. time curve as indicated in (drawing SA572 –S23) and 0.005842m is Table B:

TABLE B—PENDULUM PULSE

Time Flexion Time Extension m/s m/s ft/s ms m/s ft/s

10 ...... 1.6 –2.3 5.2 –7.5 6 ...... 0.8 –1.2 2.6 –3.9 20 ...... 3.4 –4.2 11.2 –13.8 10 ...... 1.5 –2.1 4.9 –6.9 25 ...... 4.3 –5.2 14.1 –17.1 14 ...... 2.2 –2.9 7.2 –9.5

115

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.154 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

§ 572.154 Thorax assembly and test (6) Guide the test probe during im- procedure. pact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement. (a) Thorax Assembly (refer to (7) No suspension hardware, suspen- § 572.150(a)(1)(iv)) . The thorax consists sion cables, or any other attachments of the part of the torso assembly shown to the probe, including the velocity in drawing 921022–060. vane, shall make contact with the (b) When the thorax of a completely dummy during the test. assembled dummy (drawing 921022–000) is impacted by a test probe conforming [65 FR 17188, Mar. 31, 2000, as amended at 66 to § 572.155(a) at 5.0 ±0.1m/s (16.5 ±0.3 ft/ FR 45784, Aug. 30, 2001] s) according to the test procedure in § 572.155 Test conditions and instru- paragraph (c) of this section, the peak mentation. force, measured by the impact probe in accordance with paragraph § 572.155(a), (a) The test probe for thoracic im- shall be not less than 1514 N (340.7 lbf) pacts, except for attachments, shall be and not more than 1796 N (404.1 lbf). of rigid metallic construction and concentric about its longitudinal axis. Any (c) Test procedure. (1) Soak the attachments to the impactor, such as dummy in a controlled environment at suspension hardware, impact vanes, any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 ° ° etc., must meet the requirements of C (69 and 72 F) and at any relative hu- § 572.154(c)(7). The impactor shall have midity between 10 and 70 percent for at a mass of 2.86 ±0.02 kg (6.3 ±0.05 lbs) and least four hours prior to a test. These a minimum mass moment of inertia of temperature and humidity levels shall 164 kg-cm2 (0.145 lb-in-sec2) in yaw and be maintained throughout the entire pitch about the CG of the probe. One- testing period specified in this section. third of the weight of suspension cables (2) The test dummy is clothed in a and any attachments to the impact cotton-polyester based tight fitting probe must be included in the calcula- sweat shirt with long sleeves and ankle tion of mass, and such components long pants whose combined weight is may not exceed five percent of the not more than 0.25 kg (.55 lbs). total weight of the test probe. The im- (3) Seat and orient the dummy on a pacting end of the probe, perpendicular level seating surface without back sup- to and concentric with the longitudinal port as shown in Figure R5 of this sub- axis of the probe, has a flat, contin- part, with the lower limbs extended uous, and non-deformable 101.6 ±0.25 forward, parallel to the midsagittal mm (4.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with an plane and the arms 0 to 5 degrees for- edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). ward of vertical. The dummy’s The impactor shall have a 101–103 mm midsagittal plane is vertical within ±/1 (4–4.1 in) diameter cylindrical surface degree and the posterior surface of the extending for a minimum of 12.5 mm upper spine box is aligned at 90 ±/1 de- (0.5 in) to the rear from the impact grees from the horizontal. (Shim mate- face. The probe’s end opposite to the rial may be used under the upper legs impact face has provisions for mount- to maintain the dummy’s specified ing an accelerometer with its sensitive spine box surface alignment). axis collinear with the longitudinal (4) Establish the impact point at the axis of the probe. The impact probe chest midsagittal plane so that the im- shall have a free air resonant frequency pact point of the longitudinal center- of not less than 1000 Hz measured in line of the probe coincides with the line with the longitudinal axis of the dummy’s midsagittal plane, is centered impactor, using the test method shown on the torso 196 ±/2.5 mm (7.7 ±/0.1 in) in the Procedures for Assembly, Dis- vertically from the plane of the seating assembly and Inspection (PADI) docu- surface, and is within 0.5 degrees of a ment referenced in § 572.151. horizontal plane. (b) Head accelerometers shall have (5) Impact the thorax with the test the dimensions, response characteris- probe so that at the moment of contact tics, and sensitive mass locations spec- the probe’s longitudinal center line ified in drawing SA572–S4 and be falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal mounted in the head as shown in draw- line in the dummy’s midsagittal plane. ing 921022–000.

116

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. R, Figs.

(c) The neck force-moment trans- ‘‘Instrumentation for Impact Tests— ducer shall have the dimensions, re- Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation’’ sponse characteristics, and sensitive (refer to § 572.150(a)(3)), with channel axis locations specified in drawing classes as follows: SA572–S23 and shall be mounted for (1) Head and headform acceleration— testing as shown in drawing 921022–000 Class 1000. and in figures R3 and R4 of this sub- (2) Neck : part. (i) Forces—Class 1000; (d) The shoulder force transducers (ii) Moments—Class 600; shall have the dimensions and response (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class characteristics specified in drawing 180; SA572–S25 and are allowed to be (iv) Rotation potentiometer response mounted as optional instrumentation (if used)—CFC 60. in place of part No. 921022–022 in the (3) Thorax: torso assembly as shown in drawing 921022–000. (i) Spine and pendulum accelera- (e) The thorax accelerometers shall tions—Class 180; have the dimensions, response charac- (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; teristics, and sensitive mass locations (4) Lumbar: specified in drawing SA572–S4 and be (i) Forces—Class 1000; mounted in the torso assembly in tri- (ii) Moments—Class 600; axial configuration as shown in draw- (5) Pelvis: ing 921022–000. (i) Accelerations—Class 1000; (f) The lumbar spine and lower neck (ii) Pubic—Class 1000. force/moment transducer shall have (j) Coordinate signs for instrumenta- the dimensions and response character- tion polarity shall conform to SAE istics specified in drawing SA572–S23 J1733, 1994–12, ‘‘Sign Convention For and are allowed to be mounted as op- Vehicle Crash Testing, Surface Vehicle tional instrumentation in the torso as- Information Report,’’ (refer to sembly in place of part No. 910420–003 § 572.150(a)(4)). as shown in drawing 921022–000. (k) The mountings for sensing de- (g) The pelvis accelerometers shall vices shall have no resonance fre- have the dimensions, response charac- quency within a range of 3 times the teristics, and sensitive mass locations frequency range of the applicable chan- specified in drawing SA572–S4 and are nel class. allowed to be mounted as optional in- (l) Limb joints shall be set at l g, strumentation in the pelvis in triaxial barely restraining the weight of the configuration as shown in drawing limb when it is extended horizontally. 921022–000. The force required to move a limb seg- (h) The pubic force transducer shall ment shall not exceed 2 g throughout have the dimensions and response char- the range of limb motion. acteristics specified in drawing SA572– (m) Performance tests of the same S24 and is allowed to be mounted as op- component, segment, assembly, or tional instrumentation in place of part fully assembled dummy shall be sepa- No. 921022–050 in the torso assembly as rated in time by period of not less than shown in drawing 921022–000. 30 minutes unless otherwise noted. (i) The outputs of acceleration and force-sensing devices installed in the (n) Surfaces of dummy components dummy and in the test apparatus speci- may not be painted except as specified fied by this part are recorded in indi- in this subpart or in drawings ref- vidual data channels that conform to erenced in § 572.150. the requirements of SAE Rec- [65 FR 17188, Mar. 31, 2000, as amended at 66 ommended Practice J211/1, Rev. Mar95 FR 45784, Aug. 30, 2001]

FIGURES TO SUBPART R OF PART 572

117

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Pt. 572, Subpt. R, Fig. R1 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

118

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER31MR00.008 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. R, Fig. R2

119

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER31MR00.009 Pt. 572, Subpt. R, Fig. R3 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

120

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER31MR00.010 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. R, Fig. R4

121

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER31MR00.011 Pt. 572, Subpt. R, Fig. R5 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

122

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER31MR00.012 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.161

Subpart S—Hybrid III Six-Year-Old availability and inspection of this ma- Weighted Child Test Dummy terial at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/ federallregister/ SOURCE: 69 FR 42602, July 16, 2004, unless otherwise noted. codeloflfederallregulations/ ibrllocations.html. For information on § 572.160 Incorporation by reference. the availability and inspection of this material at Regulations.gov, call 1–877– (a) The following materials are here- 378–5457, or go to: http:// by incorporated into this subpart S by reference: www.regulations.gov. (1) A drawings and specifications (b) The incorporated materials are package entitled, ‘‘Parts List and available as follows: Drawings, Part 572 Subpart S, Hybrid (1) The Drawings and Specifications III 6–Year-Old Child Weighted Crash for the Hybrid III Six-Year-Old Weight- Test Dummy (H–III6CW),’’ dated June ed Child Test Dummy referred to in 2009, incorporated by reference in paragraph (a)(1) of this section are § 572.161 and consisting of: available in electronic format through (i) Drawing No. 167–0000, Complete the NHTSA docket center and in paper Assembly, incorporated by reference in format from Leet-Melbrook, Division § 572.161; of New RT, 18810 Woodfield Road, Gai- (ii) Drawing No. 167–2000, Upper Torso thersburg, MD 20879, (301) 670–0090. Assembly, incorporated by reference in (2) [Reserved] §§ 572.161, 572.164, and 572.165 as part of a [69 FR 42602, July 16, 2004, as amended at 70 complete dummy assembly; FR 77338, Dec. 30, 2005; 75 FR 76646, Dec. 9, (iii) Drawing No. 167–2020, Revision A, 2010] Spine Box Weight, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.161, 572.164, and 572.165 § 572.161 General description. as part of a complete dummy assembly; (a) The Hybrid III Six-Year-Old (iv) Drawing No. 167–3000, Lower Weighted Child Test Dummy is defined Torso Assembly, incorporated by ref- by drawings and specifications con- erence in §§ 572.161, and 572.165 as part taining the following materials: of a complete dummy assembly; (1) ‘‘Parts List and Drawings, Part (v) Drawing No. 167–3010, Revision A, 572 Subpart S, Hybrid III 6–Year-Old Lumbar Weight Base, incorporated by Child Weighted Crash Test Dummy (H– reference in §§ 572.161 and 572.165 as part III6CW),’’ dated June 2009 (incorporated of a complete dummy assembly; and by reference, see § 572.160); (vi) The Hybrid III Weighted Six- (2) The head, neck, arm, and leg as- Year-Old Child Parts/Drawing List, in- semblies specified in 49 CFR 572 sub- corporated by reference in § 572.161. part N; and (2) A procedures manual entitled, (3) ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- assembly, And Inspection (PADI) of the assembly, And Inspection (PADI) of the Part 572 Subpart S, Hybrid III 6–Year- Part 572 Subpart S, Hybrid III 6–Year- Old Child Weighted Crash Test Dummy Old Child Weighted Crash Test Dummy (H–III6CW), revised June 2009’’ (incor- (H–III6CW), revised June 2009,’’ incorporated by reference, see § 572.160). porated by reference in § 572.161; (3) The Director of the Federal Reg- TABLE A ister approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance Component assembly 1 Drawing No. with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Complete assembly ...... 167–0000. Copies of the materials may be in- Upper torso assembly ...... 167–2000. spected at the Department of Transpor- Spine box weight ...... 167–2020 Rev. A. tation, Docket Operations, Room W12– Lower torso assembly ...... 167–3000. 140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Lumbar weight base ...... 167–3010 Rev. Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) A. 366–9826, and at the National Archives 1 Head, neck, arm, and leg assemblies are as specified in and Records Administration (NARA), 49 CFR 572 subpart N. and in electronic format through Regu- (b) Adjacent segments are joined in a lations.gov. For information on the manner such that except for contacts

123

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.162 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

existing under static conditions, there sternum displacement limit, must not is no contact between metallic ele- exceed an upper limit of 1500 N. ments throughout the range of motion (2) The internal hysteresis of the or under simulated crash impact condi- ribcage in each impact as determined tions. by the plot of force vs. deflection in (c) The structural properties of the paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be dummy are such that the dummy must not less than 65 percent but not more conform to Subpart S in every respect than 85 percent. and Subpart N as applicable, before use (c) Test procedure. The thorax assem- in any test similar to those specified in bly is tested as specified in 49 CFR Standard 208, ‘‘Occupant Crash Protec- 572.124(c). tion’’ (49 CFR 571.208), and Standard 213, ‘‘Child Restraint Systems’’ (49 CFR § 572.165 Upper and lower torso as- 571.213). semblies and torso flexion test procedure. [69 FR 42602, July 16, 2004, as amended at 70 (a) Upper/lower torso assembly. The FR 77338, Dec. 30, 2005; 75 FR 76646, Dec. 9, test objective is to determine the stiff- 2010] ness effects of the lumbar spine (speci- § 572.162 Head assembly and test pro- fied in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), including cedure. cable (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), mounting plate insert (specified in 49 The head assembly is assembled and CFR 572.125(a)), nylon shoulder bushing tested as specified in 49 CFR 572.122 (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), nut (Subpart N). (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), spine box weighting plates (drawing 167–2020 § 572.163 Neck assembly and test procedure. Revision A), lumbar base weight (drawing 167–3010 Revision A), and abdominal The neck assembly is assembled and insert (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), tested as specified in 49 CFR 572.123 on resistance to articulation between (Subpart N). the upper torso assembly (drawing 167– 2000) and the lower torso assembly § 572.164 Thorax assembly and test (drawing 167–3000). Drawing Nos. 167– procedure. 2000, 167–2020 Revision A, 167–3000, and (a) Thorax (upper torso) assembly. The 167–3010 Revision A, are incorporated thorax consists of the part of the torso by reference, see § 572.160. assembly shown in drawing 167–2000 (in- (b)(1) When the upper torso assembly corporated by reference, see § 572.160). of a seated dummy is subjected to a (b) When the anterior surface of the force continuously applied at the head thorax of a completely assembled to neck pivot pin level through a rig- dummy (drawing 167–2000) that is seat- idly attached adaptor bracket as shown ed as shown in Figure S1 is impacted in Figure S2 according to the test pro- by a test probe conforming to 49 CFR cedure set out in 49 CFR 572.125(c), the 572.127(a) at 6.71 ±0.12 m/s (22.0 ±0.4 ft/s) lumbar spine-abdomen assembly must according to the test procedure speci- flex by an amount that permits the fied in 49 CFR 572.124(c): upper torso assembly to translate in (1) The maximum sternum displace- angular motion until the machined ment relative to the spine, measured surface of the instrument cavity at the with chest deflection transducer (speci- back of the thoracic spine box is at 45 fied in 49 CFR 572.124(b)(1)), must be ± 0.5 degrees relative to the transverse not less than 38.0 mm (1.50 in) and not plane, at which time the force applied more than 46.0 mm (1.80 in). Within as shown in Figure S2 must be within this specified compression corridor, the 88.6 N ± 25 N (20.0 lbf ± 5.6 lbf), and peak force, measured by the probe in (2) Upon removal of the force, the accordance with 49 CFR 572.127, must torso assembly must return to within 9 be not less than 1205 N (270.9 lbf) and degrees of its initial position. not more than 1435 N (322.6 lbf). The (c) Test procedure. The upper and peak force after 12.5 mm (0.5 in) of ster- lower torso assemblies are tested as num displacement, but before reaching specified in 49 CFR 572.125(c), except the minimum required 38.0 mm (1.46 in) that in paragraph (c)(5) of that section,

124

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. S, Figs.

the initial torso orientation angle may § 572.167 Test conditions and instru- not exceed 32 degrees. mentation. [69 FR 42602, July 16, 2004, as amended at 70 The test conditions and instrumenta- FR 77338, Dec. 30, 2005] tion are as specified in 49 CFR 572.127 (Subpart N). § 572.166 Knees and knee impact test procedure. The knee assembly is assembled and tested as specified in 49 CFR 572.126 (Subpart N).

FIGURES TO SUBPART S OF PART 572

125

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Pt. 572, Subpt. S, Fig. S1 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

126

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER16JY04.005 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. S, Fig. S2

127

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER16JY04.006 § 572.180 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

Subpart T [Reserved] (4) Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J211, Rev. Mar 95 ‘‘Instrumentation for Im- Subpart U, ES–2re Side Impact pact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instru- Crash Test Dummy, 50th Per- mentation’’; and, centile Adult Male (5) SAE J1733 of 1994–12 ‘‘Sign Con- vention for Vehicle Crash Testing.’’ SOURCE: 71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, unless (b) The Director of the Federal Reg- otherwise noted. ister approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance § 572.180 Incorporated materials. with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. (a) The following materials are here- Copies of the materials may be in- by incorporated into this Subpart by spected at the Department of Transpor- reference: tation, Docket Operations, Room W12– (1) A parts/drawing list entitled, 140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., ‘‘Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions 366–9826, and at the National Archives (ES2re), February 2008,’’ and Records Administration (NARA), and in electronic format through (2) A drawings and inspection pack- Regu- lations.gov. For information on the age entitled ‘‘Parts List and Drawings, availability and inspection of this ma- Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib terial at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go Extensions (ES–2re, Alpha Version), to: http://www.archives.gov/ February 2008,’’ consisting of: federallregister/ (i) Drawing No. 175–0000 ES–2re codeloflfederallregulations/ Dummy Assembly; ibrllocations.html. For information on (ii) Drawing No. 175–1000 Head Assem- the availability and inspection of this bly; material at Regulations.gov, call 1–877– (iii) Drawing No. 175–2000, Neck As- 378–5457, or go to: http:// sembly Test/Cert; www.regulations.gov. (iv) Drawing No. 175–3000, Shoulder (c) The incorporated materials are Assembly; available as follows: (v) Drawing No. 175–3500, Arm Assem- (1) The Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 bly, Left; Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Exten- (vi) Drawing No. 175–3800, Arm As- sions (ES2re), February 2008, referred sembly, Right; to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, (vii) Drawing No. 175–4000, Thorax As- the Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 sembly with Rib Extensions; Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Exten- (viii) Drawing No. 175–5000, Abdom- sions (ES–2re, Alpha Version), Feb- inal Assembly; ruary 2008, referred to in paragraph (ix) Drawing No. 175–5500 Lumbar (a)(2) of this section, and the PADI doc- Spine Assembly; ument referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of (x) Drawing No. 175–6000 Pelvis As- this section, are available in electronic sembly; format through Regulations.gov and in (xi) Drawing No. 175–7000–1, Leg As- paper format from Leet-Melbrook, Di- sembly—left; vision of New RT, 18810 Woodfield (xii) Drawing No. 175–7000–2, Leg As- Road, Gaithersburg, MD 20879, tele- sembly—right; phone (301) 670–0090. (xiii) Drawing No. 175–8000, Neoprene (2) The SAE materials referred to in Body Suit; and, paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this sec- (xiv) Drawing No. 175–9000, Headform tion are available from the Society of Assembly; Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Com- (3) A procedures manual entitled monwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- 15096, telephone 1–877–606–7323. assembly and Inspection (PADI) of the [71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 EuroSID–2re 50th Percentile Adult FR 33920, June 16, 2008] Male Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 76 FR 31865, June February 2008,’’ incorporated by ref- 2, 2011, § 572.180 was amended by revising erence in §§ 572.180(a)(2), and 572.181(a); paragraphs (a)(1)and (a)(2), and paragraph

128

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.181

(c)(1), effective Nov. 29, 2011. For the conven- graph (a)(2) of this section, and the PADI ience of the user, the revised text is set forth document referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of as follows: this section, are available in electronic format through Regulations.gov and in paper § 572.180 Incorporated materials. format from Leet-Melbrook, Division of New (a) * * * RT, 18810 Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD (1) A parts/drawing list entitled, ‘‘Parts/ 20879, telephone (301) 670–0090. Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES2re), September 2009,’’ incorporated by reference in § 572.181. * * * * * (2) A drawings and inspection package entitled ‘‘Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 § 572.181 General description. Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (a) The ES–2re Side Impact Crash (ES–2re, Alpha Version), September 2009,’’ Test Dummy, 50th Percentile Adult consisting of: Male, is defined by: (i) Drawing No. 175–0000, ES–2re Dummy (1) The drawings and specifications Assembly, incorporated by reference, see §§ 572.181, 575.182, 572.184; contained in the ‘‘Parts List and Draw- (ii) Drawing No. 175–1000, Head Assembly, ings, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and with Rib Extensions (ES–2re, Alpha 572.182; Version), February 2008,’’ incorporated (iii) Drawing No. 175–2000, Neck Assembly by reference in § 572.180, which includes Test/Cert, incorporated by reference in the technical drawings and specifica- §§ 572.181 and 572.183; tions described in Drawing 175–0000, the (iv) Drawing No. 175–3000, Shoulder Assem- bly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 titles of which are listed in Table A; and 572.184; (v) Drawing No. 175–3500, Arm Assembly, TABLE A Left, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 Drawing num- and 572.185; Component assembly ber (vi) Drawing No. 175–3800, Arm Assembly, Right, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181, Head Assembly ...... 175–1000 and 572.185; Neck Assembly Test/Cert ...... 175–2000 Neck Bracket Including Lifting Eyebolt ...... 175–2500 (vii) Drawing No. 175–4000, Thorax Assem- Shoulder Assembly ...... 175–3000 bly with Rib Extensions, incorporated by ref- Arm Assembly-Left ...... 175–3500 erence in §§ 572.181 and 572.185; Arm Assembly-Right ...... 175–3800 (viii) Drawing No. 175–5000, Abdominal As- Thorax Assembly with Rib Extensions ...... 175–4000 sembly, incorporated by reference in Abdominal Assembly ...... 175–5000 §§ 572.181 and 572.186; Lumbar Spine Assembly ...... 175–5500 (ix) Drawing No. 175–5500, Lumbar Spine Pelvis Assembly ...... 175–6000 Leg Assembly, Left ...... 175–7000–1 Assembly, incorporated by reference in Leg Assembly, Right ...... 175–7000–2 §§ 572.181 and 572.187; Neoprene Body Suit ...... 175–8000 (x) Drawing No. 175–6000, Pelvis Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and (2) ‘‘Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 572.188; Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Exten- (xi) Drawing No. 175–7000–1, Leg Assem- bly—left incorporated by reference in sions (ES2re), February 2008,’’ con- § 572.181; taining 8 pages, incorporated by ref- (xii) Drawing No. 175–7000–2, Leg Assem- erence in § 572.180, bly—right incorporated by reference in (3) A listing of available transducers- § 572.181; crash test sensors for the ES–2re Crash (xiii) Drawing No. 175–8000, Neoprene Body Test Dummy is shown in drawing 175– Suit, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 0000 sheet 4 of 6, dated February 2008, and 572.185; and, incorporated by reference in § 572.180, (xiv) Drawing No. 175–9000, Headform As- sembly, incorporated by reference in (4) Procedures for Assembly, Dis- §§ 572.181, 572.183, 572.187; assembly and Inspection (PADI) of the ES–2re Side Impact Crash Test * * * * * Dummy, February 2008, incorporated by reference in § 572.180, (c) * * * (5) Sign convention for signal outputs (1) The Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Sub- reference document SAE J1733 Infor- part U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES2re) referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this mation Report, titled ‘‘Sign Conven- section, the Parts List and Drawings, Part tion for Vehicle Crash Testing’’ dated 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions December 1994, incorporated by ref- (ES–2re, Alpha Version) referred to in para- erence in § 572.180.

129

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.181, Nt. 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(b) Exterior dimensions of ES–2re (3) A listing of available transducers-crash test dummy are shown in drawing 175– test sensors for the ES–2re Crash Test 0000 sheet 3 of 6, dated February 2008. Dummy is shown in drawing 175–0000 sheet 4 (c) Weights of body segments (head, of 6, dated February 2008, incorporated by reference, see § 572.180, neck, upper and lower torso, arms and (4) Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly upper and lower segments) and the cen- and Inspection (PADI) of the ES–2re Side Im- ter of gravity location of the head are pact Crash Test Dummy, February 2008, in- shown in drawing 175–0000 sheet 2 of 6, corporated by reference, see § 572.180, dated February 2008. (5) Sign convention for signal outputs ref- (d) Adjacent segments are joined in a erence document SAE J1733 Information Re- manner such that, except for contacts port, titled ‘‘Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing’’ dated December 1994, incor- existing under static conditions, there porated by reference, see § 572.180. is no additional contact between me- (b) Exterior dimensions of ES–2re test tallic elements of adjacent body seg- dummy are shown in drawing 175–0000 sheet 3 ments throughout the range of motion. of 6, dated February 2008, incorporated by (e) The structural properties of the reference, see § 572.180. dummy are such that the dummy con- (c) Weights of body segments (head, neck, forms to this Subpart in every respect upper and lower torso, arms and upper and lower segments) and the center of gravity lo- before use in any test similar to those cation of the head are shown in drawing 175– in Standard No. 214, Side Impact Pro- 0000 sheet 2 of 6, dated February 2008, incor- tection and Standard No. 201, Occupant porated by reference, see § 572.180. Protection in Interior Impact. [71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 * * * * * FR 33921, June 16, 2008] § 572.182 Head assembly. EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 76 FR 31866, June 2, 2011, § 572.181 was amended revising para- (a) The head assembly consists of the graphs (a), (b), and (c), effective Nov. 29, 2011. head (drawing 175–1000), including the For the convenience of the user, the added neck upper transducer structural re- and revised text is set forth as follows: placement, and a set of three (3) accelerometers in conformance with § 572.181 General description. specifications in § 572.189(b) and mount- (a) The ES–2re Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, 50th Percentile Adult Male, is de- ed as shown in drawing (175–0000 sheet fined by: 1 of 6). When tested to the test proce- (1) The drawings and specifications con- dure specified in paragraph (b) of this tained in the ‘‘Parts List and Drawings, Part section, the head assembly shall meet 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions performance requirements specified in (ES–2re, Alpha Version), September 2009,’’ paragraph (c) of this section. (incorporated by reference, see § 572.180), (b) Test procedure. The head shall be which includes the technical drawings and tested per procedure specified in 49 specifications described in Drawing 175–0000, CFR § 572.112(a). the titles of which are listed in Table A; (c) Performance criteria. (1) When the TABLE A head assembly is dropped in accordance with § 572.112 (a), the measured peak re- Component assembly Drawing No. sultant acceleration shall be between Head Assembly ...... 175–1000 125 g’s and 155 g’s; Neck Assembly Test/Cert ...... 175–2000 (2) The resultant acceleration-time Neck Bracket Including Lifting Eyebolt ...... 175–2500 curve shall be unimodal to the extent Shoulder Assembly ...... 175–3000 that oscillations occurring after the Arm Assembly-Left ...... 175–3500 Arm Assembly-Right ...... 175–3800 main acceleration pulse shall not ex- Thorax Assembly with Rib Extensions ...... 175–4000 ceed 15% (zero to peak) of the main Abdominal Assembly ...... 175–5000 pulse; Lumbar Spine Assembly ...... 175–5500 Pelvis Assembly ...... 175–6000 (3) The fore-and-aft component of the Leg Assembly, Left ...... 175–7000–1 head acceleration shall not exceed 15 Leg Assembly, Right ...... 175–7000–2 g’s. Neoprene Body Suit ...... 175–8000 § 572.183 Neck assembly. (2) ‘‘Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES2re), (a) The neck assembly consists of September 2009,’’ containing 9 pages, incor- parts shown in drawing 175–2000. For porated by reference, see § 572.180, purposes of this test, the neck is

130

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.184

mounted within the headform assembly (2) The maximum rotation in the lat- 175–9000 as shown in Figure U1 in ap- eral direction of the reference plane of pendix A to this subpart. When sub- the headform (175–9000) as shown in jected to tests procedures specified in Figure U2–B in appendix A to this sub- paragraph (b) of this section, the neck- part, shall be 49 to 59 degrees with re- headform assembly shall meet perform- spect to the longitudinal axis of the ance requirements specified in para- pendulum occurring between 54 and 66 graph (c) of this section. ms from time zero. Rotation of the (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the neck- headform-neck assembly and the neck headform assembly in a test environ- angle with respect to the pendulum ment as specified in § 572.189(n); shall be measured with potentiometers (2) Attach the neck-headform assem- specified in § 572.189(c), installed as bly to the part 572 subpart E pendulum shown in drawing 175–9000, and cal- test fixture as shown in Figure U2–A in culated per procedure specified in Fig- appendix A to this subpart, so that the ure U2–B in appendix A to this subpart; midsagittal plane of the neck-headform (3) The decaying headform rotation assembly is vertical and perpendicular vs. time curve shall cross the zero to the plane of motion of the pendulum angle with respect to its initial posi- longitudinal centerline shown in Fig- tion at time of impact relative to the ure U2–A. Torque the half-spherical pendulum centerline between 53 ms to screws (175–2004) located at either end 88 ms after the time the peak trans- of the neck assembly to 88 ±5 in-lbs lation-rotation value is reached. using the neck compression tool (175– [71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 9500) or equivalent; FR 33921, June 16, 2008] (3) Release the pendulum from a height sufficient to allow it to fall free- § 572.184 Shoulder assembly. ly to achieve an impact velocity of (a) The shoulder (175–3000) is part of 3.4±0.1 m/s measured at the center of the body assembly shown in drawing the pendulum accelerometer (Figure 22 175–0000. When subjected to impact as set forth in 49 CFR 572.33) at the tests specified in paragraph (b) of this time the pendulum makes contact with section, the shoulder assembly shall the decelerating mechanism. The ve- meet performance requirements of locity-time history of the pendulum paragraph (c) of this section. falls inside the corridor determined by (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the the upper and lower boundaries speci- dummy assembly, without suit and fied in Table 1 to paragraph (a) of this shoulder foam pad (175–3010), in a test section. environment as specified in § 572.189(n); (4) Allow the neck to flex without the (2) The dummy is seated, as shown in neck-headform assembly making con- Figure U3 in appendix A to this sub- tact with any object; part, on a flat, horizontal, rigid surface (5) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(j). covered by two overlaid 2 mm thick Teflon sheets and with no back support TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (A)—ES–2RE NECK of the dummy’s torso. The dummy’s CERTIFICATION PENDULUM VELOCITY CORRIDOR torso spine backplate is vertical within ±2 degrees and the midsagittal plane of Upper boundary Lower boundary the thorax is positioned perpendicular Time Velocity Time Velocity to the direction of the plane of motion (ms) (m/s) (ms) (m/s) of the impactor at contact with the shoulder. The arms are oriented for- 1.0 ...... 0.00 0.0 ¥0.05 ± 3.0 ...... ¥0.25 2.5 ¥0.375 ward at 50 2 degrees from the hori- 14.0 ...... ¥3.20 13.5 ¥3.7 zontal, pointing downward. The dum- 17.0 ¥3.7 my’s legs are horizontal and symmetrical about the midsaggital plane with (c) Performance criteria. (1) The pen- the distance between the innermost dulum deceleration pulse is to be char- point on the opposite ankle at 100 ±5 acterized in terms of decrease in veloc- mm. The length of the elastic shoulder ity as determined by integrating the cord (175–3015) shall be adjusted so that filtered pendulum acceleration re- a force between and including 27.5 and sponse from time-zero. 32.5 N applied in a forward direction at

131

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.185 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

4 ±1 mm from the outer edge of the (iv) Align the vertical longitudinal clavicle in the same plane as the clav- centerline of the drop mass so that the icle movement, is required to initiate a centerpoint of the downward-facing forward motion of 1 to 5 mm; flat surface is aligned to impact the (3) The impactor is the same as de- centerline of the rib rail guide system fined in § 572.189(a); within ± 2.5 mm. (4) The impactor is guided, if needed, (v) The impacting mass is dropped so that at contact with the shoulder, from the following heights: its longitudinal axis is within ±0.5 de- (A) 459 ±5 mm grees of a horizontal plane and perpen- (B) 815 ±8 mm dicular (±0.5 degrees) to the midsagittal (vi) A test cycle consists of one drop plane of the dummy and the from each drop height specified in centerpoint on the impactor’s face is paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section. within 5 mm of the center of the upper Allow a period of not less than five (5) arm pivot bolt (5000040) at contact with minutes between impacts in a single the test dummy, as shown in Figure U3 test cycle. Allow a period of not less in appendix A to this subpart; than thirty (30) minutes between two (5) The impactor impacts the dum- separate cycles of the same rib module. my’s shoulder at 4.3±0.1 m/s. (2) Performance criteria. (i) Each of the rib modules shall de- (c) Performance criteria. The peak ac- flect as specified in paragraphs celeration of the impactor is between (b)(2)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, with 7.5 g’s and 10.5 g’s during the pen- the deflection measurements made dulum’s contact with the dummy. with the internal rib module position § 572.185 Thorax (upper torso) assem- transducer specified in § 572.189(d): bly. (A) Not less than 36 mm and not more than 40 mm when impacted by the (a) The thorax assembly of the mass dropped from 459 mm; and, dummy must meet the requirements of (B) Not less than 46 mm and not more both (b) and (c) of this section. Section than 51mm when impacted by the mass 572.185(b) specifies requirements for an dropped from 815 mm. individual rib drop test, and § 572.185(c) (c) Full-body thorax impact test. The specifies requirements for a full-body thorax is part of the upper torso assem- thorax impact test. bly shown in drawing 175–4000. For this (b) Individual rib drop test. For pur- full-body thorax impact test, the poses of this test, the rib modules (175– dummy is tested as a complete assem- 4002), which are part of the thorax as- bly (drawing 175–0000) with the struck- sembly (175–4000), are tested as indi- side arm (175–3500, left arm; 175–3800, vidual units. When subjected to test right arm) removed. The dummy’s tho- procedures specified in paragraph (b)(1) rax is equipped with deflection poten- of this section, the rib modules shall tiometers as specified in drawing meet performance requirements speci- SA572–S69. When subjected to the test fied in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. procedures specified in paragraph (c)(1) Each rib is tested at both the 459 mm of this section, the thorax shall meet and 815 mm drop height tests described the performance requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(A) and (B) of in paragraph (c)(2). this section. (1) Test Procedure. (i) Soak the (1) Test procedure. (i) Soak the rib dummy assembly (175–0000), with modules (175–4002) in a test environ- struck-side arm (175–3500, left arm; 175– ment as specified in 572.189(n); 3800, right arm), shoulder foam pad (ii) Mount the rib module rigidly in a (175–3010), and neoprene body suit (175– drop test fixture as shown in Figure U7 8000) removed, in a test environment as in appendix A to this subpart with the specified in § 572.189(n); impacted side of the rib facing up; (ii) The dummy is seated, as shown in (iii) The drop test fixture contains a Figure U4 in appendix A to this sub- free fall guided mass of 7.78±0.01 kg part, on a flat, horizontal, rigid surface that is of rigid construction and with a covered by two overlaid 2 mm thick flat impact face 150±1.0 mm in diameter Teflon sheets and with no back support and an edge radius of ±0.25 mm; of the dummy’s torso. The dummy’s

132

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00142 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.187

torso spine backplate is vertical within (1) Soak the dummy assembly (175– ±2 degrees and the midsagittal plane of 0000), without suit (175–8000) and shoul- thorax is positioned perpendicular to der foam pad (175–3010), as specified in the direction of the plane of motion of § 572.189(n); the impactor at contact with the tho- (2) The dummy is seated as shown in rax. The non-struck side arm is ori- Figure U5 in appendix A to this sub- ented vertically, pointing downward. part; The dummy’s legs are horizontal and (3) The abdomen impactor is the symmetrical about the midsagittal same as specified in § 572.189(a) except plane with the distance between the in- that on its rectangular impact surface nermost point on the opposite ankle at is affixed a special purpose block whose 100 ±5 mm; weight is 1.0 ± 0.01 kg. The block is 70 (iii) The impactor is the same as de- mm high, 150 mm wide and 60 to 80 mm fined in § 572.189(a); deep. The impact surface is flat, has a (iv) The impactor is guided, if need- minimum Rockwell hardness of M85, ed, so that at contact with the thorax and an edge radius of 4 to 5 mm. The its longitudinal axis is within ±0.5 de- block’s wide surface is horizontally ori- grees of horizontal and perpendicular ented and centered on the longitudinal ±0.5 degrees to the midsagittal plane of axis of the probe’s impact face as the dummy and the centerpoint of the shown in Figure U5–A in appendix A to impactor’s face is within 5 mm of the this subpart; impact point on the dummy’s middle (4) The impactor is guided, if needed, rib shown in Figure U4 in appendix A so that at contact with the abdomen to this subpart; its longitudinal axis is within ± 0.5 de- (v) The impactor impacts the dum- grees of a horizontal plane and perpen- my’s thorax at 5.5 m/s ±0.1 m/s. dicular ± 0.5 degrees to the midsagittal (vi) Time zero is defined in plane of the dummy and the § 572.189(k). centerpoint on the impactor’s face is (2) Performance Criteria. (i) The indi- aligned within 5 mm of the center vidual rib modules shall conform to the point of the middle load measuring following range of deflections: sensor in the abdomen as shown in Fig- (A) Upper rib not less than 34 mm and ure U5; not greater than 41 mm; (5) The impactor impacts the dum- ± (B) Middle rib not less than 37 mm my’s abdomen at 4.0 m/s 0.1 m/s; and not greater than 45 mm; (6) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(k). (C) Lower rib not less than 37 mm (c) Performance criteria. and not greater than 44 mm. (1) The maximum sum of the forces of the three abdominal load sensors, spec- (ii) The impactor force shall be com- ified in 572.189(e), shall be not less than puted as the product of the impact 2200 N and not more than 2700 N and probe acceleration and its mass. The shall occur between 10 ms and 12.3 ms peak impactor force at any time after from time zero. The calculated sum of 6 ms from time zero shall be not less the three load cell forces must be con- than 5100 N and not greater than 6200 current in time. N. (2) Maximum impactor force (impact [71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 probe acceleration multiplied by its FR 33921, June 16, 2008] mass) is not less than 4000 N and not more than 4800 N occurring between § 572.186 Abdomen assembly. 10.6 ms and 13.0 ms from time zero. (a) The abdomen assembly (175–5000) is part of the dummy assembly shown § 572.187 Lumbar spine. in drawing 175–0000 including load sen- (a) The lumbar spine assembly con- sors specified in § 572.189(e). When sub- sists of parts shown in drawing 175– jected to tests procedures specified in 5500. For purposes of this test, the lum- paragraph (b) of this section, the abdo- bar spine is mounted within the men assembly shall meet performance headform assembly 175–9000 as shown in requirements specified in paragraph (c) Figure U1 in appendix A to this sub- of this section. part. When subjected to tests proce- (b) Test procedure. dures specified in paragraph (b) of this

133

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00143 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.188 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

section, the lumbar spine-headform as- ured with potentiometers specified in sembly shall meet performance re- § 572.189(c), installed as shown in draw- quirements specified in paragraph (c) ing 175–9000, and calculated per proce- of this section. dure specified in Figure U2–B in appen- (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the lum- dix A to this subpart. bar spine-headform assembly in a test (3) The decaying headform rotation environment as specified in § 572.189(n); vs. time curve shall cross the zero (2) Attach the lumbar spine-headform angle with respect to its initial posi- assembly to the Part 572 pendulum test tion at impact relative to the pen- fixture per procedure in § 572.183(b)(2) dulum centerline between 37 ms to 57 and as shown in Figure U2–A in appen- ms after the time the peak translation- dix A to this subpart. Torque the lum- rotation value is reached. bar hex nut (p/n 9000057) on to the lumbar cable assembly (175–5506) to 50 ± 5 [71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008] in-lb; (3) Release the pendulum from a § 572.188 Pelvis. height sufficient to allow it to fall freely to achieve an impact velocity of 6.05 (a) The pelvis (175–6000) is part of the ±0.1 m/s measured at the center of the torso assembly shown in drawing 175– pendulum accelerometer (Figure 22) at 0000. The pelvis is equipped with a the time the pendulum makes contact pubic symphysis load sensor in con- with its decelerating mechanism. The formance with § 572.189(f) and mounted velocity-time history of the pendulum as shown in drawing (175–0000 sheet 4). falls inside the corridor determined by When subjected to tests procedures the upper and lower boundaries speci- specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- fied in Table 1 to paragraph (b) of this tion, the pelvis assembly shall meet section; performance requirements specified in (4) Allow the lumbar spine to flex paragraph (c) of this section. without the lumbar spine or the (b) Test procedure. headform making contact with any ob- (1) Soak the dummy assembly (175– ject; 0000) without suit (175–8000) and shoul- (5) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(j). der foam pad (175–3010) as specified in § 572.189(n); TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b)—ES–2RE LUMBAR (2) The dummy is seated as specified SPINE CERTIFICATION PENDULUM VELOCITY in Figure U6 in appendix A to this sub- CORRIDOR part; (3) The pelvis impactor is the same as Upper boundary Lower boundary specified in § 572.189(a); Time Velocity Time Velocity (4) The impactor is guided, if needed, (ms) (m/s) (ms) (m/s) so that at contact with the pelvis its 1.0 0.00 0.0 ¥0 .05 longitudinal axis is within ±0.5 degrees 3.7 ¥0.24 2.7 ¥0 .425 of a horizontal plane and perpendicular 27.0 ¥5.80 24.5 ¥6 .50 30.0 ¥6 .50 to the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the centerpoint on the impactor’s (c) Performance criteria. (1) The pen- face is within 5 mm of the center of the dulum deceleration pulse is to be char- H-point in the pelvis, as shown in Fig- acterized in terms of decrease in veloc- ure U6 in appendix A to this subpart; ity as determined by integrating the (5) The impactor impacts the dum- filtered pendulum acceleration re- my’s pelvis at 4.3 ±0.1 m/s. sponse from time-zero. (6) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(k). (2) The maximum rotation in the lat- (c) Performance criteria. (1) The impac- eral direction of the reference plane of tor force (probe acceleration multiplied the headform (175–9000) as shown in by its mass) shall be not less than 4,700 Figure U2–B in appendix A to this sub- N and not more than 5,400 N, occurring part, shall be 45 to 55 degrees with re- between 11.8 ms and 16.1 ms from time spect to the longitudinal axis of the zero; pendulum occurring between 39 and 53 (2) The pubic symphysis load, meas- ms from time zero. Rotation of the ured with load cell specified in headform-neck assembly shall be meas- § 572.189(f) shall be not less than 1,230 N

134

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00144 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.189

and not more than 1,590 N occurring be- (3)Neck and lumbar spine pendulum tween 12.2 ms and 17.0 ms from time accelerations—Digitally filtered CFC zero. 60; (4) Pelvis, shoulder, thorax without [71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008] arm, and abdomen impactor accelerations—Digitally filtered CFC 180; § 572.189 Instrumentation and test (5) Abdominal and pubic symphysis conditions. force—Digitally filtered at CFC 600; (a) The test probe for lateral shoul- (6) Thorax deflection—Digitally fil- der, thorax without arm, abdomen, and tered CFC 180. pelvis impact tests is the same as that (j)(1) Filter the pendulum accelera- specified in § 572.36(a) and the impact tion data using a SAE J211 CFC 60 fil- probe has a minimum mass moment of ter. inertia in yaw of 9,000 kg-cm2, a free air (2) Determine the time when the fil- resonant frequency not less than 1,000 tered pendulum accelerometer data first crosses the ¥10 g level (T Hz and the probe’s end opposite to the 10). (3) Calculate time-zero: T0 = T ¥T ., impact face has provisions to mount an 10 m accelerometer with its sensitive axis Where: collinear with the longitudinal axis of Tm = 1.417 ms for the Neck Test the probe. All hardware attached di- = 1.588 ms for the Lumbar Spine Test rectly to the impactor and one-third (4) Set the data time-zero to the sam- (1⁄3) of the mass of the suspension ca- ple number nearest to the calculated bles must be included in the calcula- T0. tions of the total impactor mass. The (k)(1) Filter the pendulum accelera- sum mass of the attachments and 1⁄3 tion data using a SAE J211 CFC 180 fil- cable mass must not exceed 5 percent ter. of the total pendulum mass. No suspen- (2) Determine the time when the fil- sion hardware, suspension cables, or tered pendulum accelerometer data any other attachments to the test first crosses the ¥1.0 m/s2 (¥.102 g) ac- probe, including velocity vane, shall celeration level (T0). make contact with the dummy during (3) Set the data time-zero to the sam- the test. ple number of the new T0. (b) Accelerometers for the head, the (l) Mountings for the head, spine and thoracic spine, and the pelvis conform pelvis accelerometers shall have no to specifications of SA572–S4. resonance frequency within a range of 3 (c) Rotary potentiometer for the times the frequency range of the appli- neck and lumbar spine certification cable channel class. tests conforms to SA572–53. (m) Limb joints of the test dummy (d) Linear position transducer for the are set at the force between 1 to 2 G’s, thoracic rib conforms to SA572–S69. which just supports the limb’s weight (e) Load sensors for the abdomen con- when the limbs are extended hori- form to specifications of SA572–S75. zontally forward. The force required to (f) Load sensor for the pubic sym- move a limb segment does not exceed 2 physis conforms to specifications of G’s throughout the range of the limb SA572–77. motion. (g) Load sensor for the lumbar spine (n) Performance tests are conducted, conforms to specifications of SA572–76. unless specified otherwise, at any tem- (h) Instrumentation and sensors con- perature from 20.6 to 22.2 degrees C. (69 form to the Recommended Practice to 72 degrees F.) and at any relative SAE J–211 (Mar. 1995)—Instrumenta- humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent tion for Impact Test unless noted oth- after exposure of the dummy to those erwise. conditions for a period of not less than (i) All instrumented response signal 4 hours. measurements shall be treated to the (o) Certification tests of the same following specifications: component, segment, assembly, or (1) Head acceleration—Digitally fil- fully assembled dummy shall be sepa- tered CFC 1000; rated in time by a period of not less (2) Neck and lumbar spine rotations— than thirty (30) minutes unless other- Digitally filtered CFC 180; wise specified.

135

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00145 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Pt. 572, Subpt. U, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART U OF PART 572—FIGURES

136

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00146 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.000 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. U, App. A

137

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00147 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER16JN08.006 Pt. 572, Subpt. U, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

138

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00148 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.002 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. U, App. A

139

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00149 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.003 ER14DE06.004 Pt. 572, Subpt. U, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

140

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00150 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.005 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. U, App. A

141

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00151 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.006 Pt. 572, Subpt. U, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

142

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00152 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.007 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.190

[71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008]

Subpart V, SID–IIsD Side Impact (1) A parts/drawing list entitled, Crash Test Dummy, Small ‘‘Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart V, SID–IIsD, July 1, 2008,’’ Adult Female (2) A drawings and inspection package entitled ‘‘Drawings and Specifica- SOURCE: 71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, unless tions for the SID–IIsD Small Female otherwise noted. Crash Test Dummy, Part 572 Subpart V, July 1, 2008,’’ consisting of: § 572.190 Incorporated materials. (i) Drawing No. 180–0000, SID–IIsD (a) The following materials are here- Complete Assembly; by incorporated into this Subpart by (ii) Drawing No. 180–1000, 6 Axis Head reference: Assembly; (iii) Drawing No. 180–2000, Neck As- sembly;

143

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00153 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.008 § 572.191 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(iv) Drawing No. 180–3000, Upper ferred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- Torso Assembly; tion, the package entitled Drawings (v) Drawing No. 180–3005, Washer, and Specifications for SID–IIsD Small Clamping; Female Crash Test Dummy, Part 572 (vi) Drawing No. 9000021, Screw, Subpart V, July 1, 2008, referred to in SHCS 3⁄8–16 x 1 NYLOK; paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and the (vii) Drawing No. 900005, Screw, SHCS PADI document referred to in para- 1⁄4–20 x 5⁄8 NYLOK; graph (a)(3) of this section, are avail- (viii) Drawing No. 180–4000, Lower able in electronic format through Torso Assembly Complete; www.Regulations.gov and in paper for- (ix) Drawing No. 180–5000–1, Complete mat from Leet-Melbrook, Division of Leg Assembly, Left; New RT, 18810 Woodfield Road, Gai- (x) Drawing No. 180–5000–2, Complete thersburg, MD 20879, (301) 670–0090. Leg Assembly, Right; (2) The SAE materials referred to in (xi) Drawing No. 180–6000–1, Arm As- paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this sec- sembly Left Molded; tion are available from the Society of (xii) Drawing No. 180–6000–2, Arm As- Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Com- sembly Right Molded; and, monwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA (xiii) Drawing No. 180–9000, SID–IIsD 15096, telephone 1–877–606–7323. Headform Assembly. (3) A procedures manual entitled, [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29894, June 23, 2009] ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- assembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the § 572.191 General description. SID–IIsD Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, July 1, 2008,’’ incorporated by (a) The SID–IIsD Side Impact Crash reference in § 572.191; Test Dummy, small adult female, is de- (4) SAE Recommended Practice J211, fined by: Rev. Mar 95 ‘‘Instrumentation for Im- (1) The drawings and specifications pact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instru- contained in the ‘‘Drawings and Speci- mentation’’; and, fications for SID–IIsD Small Female (5) SAE J1733 of 1994–12, ‘‘Sign Con- Crash Test Dummy, Part 572 Subpart vention for Vehicle Crash Testing.’’ V, July 1, 2008,’’ which includes the (b) The Director of the Federal Reg- technical drawings and specifications ister approved the materials incor- described in Drawing 180–0000, the ti- porated by reference in accordance tles of which are listed in Table A; with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be in- TABLE A spected at the Department of Transpor- Drawing tation, Docket Operations, Room W12– Component assembly number 140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 6 Axis Head Assembly ...... 180–1000 Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) Neck Assembly ...... 180–2000 366–9826, and at the National Archives Upper Torso Assembly ...... 180–3000 and Records Administration (NARA), Clamping Washer ...... 180–3005 and in electronic format through Regu- Lower Torso Assembly Complete ...... 180–4000 Complete Leg Assembly, Left ...... 180–5000–1 lations.gov. For information on the Complete Leg Assembly, Right ...... 180–5000–2 availability and inspection of this ma- Arm Assembly Left Molded ...... 180–6000–1 terial at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go Arm Assembly Right Molded ...... 180–6000–2 to: http://www.archives.gov/ federallregister/ (2) The ‘‘Parts/Drawing List, Part 572 codeloflfederallregulations/ Subpart V, SID–IIsD,’’ dated July 1, ibrllocations.html. For information on 2008 and containing 7 pages, the availability and inspection of this (3) A listing of available transducers- material at Regulations.gov, call 1–877– crash test sensors for the SID–IIsD 378–5457, or go to: http:// Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, 5th www.regulations.gov. percentile adult female, is shown in (c) The incorporated materials are drawing 180–0000 sheet 2 of 5, dated July available as follows: 1, 2008, (1) The Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 (4) ‘‘Procedures for Assembly, Dis- Subpart V, SID–IIsD, July 1, 2008, re- assembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the

144

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00154 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.193

SID–IIsD Side Impact Crash Test (3) The longitudinal acceleration vec- Dummy, July 1, 2008,’’ and, tor (anterior-posterior direction) shall (5) Sign convention for signal outputs not exceed 15 g. reference document SAE J1733 Infor- mation Report, titled ‘‘Sign Conven- § 572.193 Neck assembly. tion for Vehicle Crash Testing,’’ dated (a) The neck assembly consists of July 12, 1994, incorporated by reference parts shown in drawing 180–2000. For in § 572.200(k). (b) Exterior dimensions of the SID– purposes of this test, the neck assem- IIsD Small Adult Female Side Impact bly is mounted within the headform as- Crash Test Dummy are shown in draw- sembly (180–9000) as shown in Figure V1 ing 180–0000 sheet 3 of 5, dated July 1, in appendix A to this subpart. When 2008. subjected to the test procedure speci- (c) Weights and center of gravity lo- fied in paragraph (b) of this section, cations of body segments are shown in the neck-headform assembly shall drawing 180–0000 sheet 4 of 5, dated July meet the performance requirements 1, 2008. specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- (d) Adjacent segments are joined in a tion. manner such that, except for contacts (b) Test procedure. existing under static conditions, there (1) Soak the assembly in a test envi- is no additional contact between me- ronment as specified in 49 CFR tallic elements of adjacent body seg- 572.200(j); ments throughout the range of motion. (2) Attach the neck-headform assem- (e) The structural properties of the bly, as shown in Figure V2–A or V2–B dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this Subpart in every respect in appendix A to this subpart, to the 49 before use in any test similar to that CFR Part 572 pendulum test fixture set forth in Standard 214, Side Impact (Figure 22, 49 CFR 572.33) in either the Protection (49 CFR 571.214). left or right lateral impact orientations, respectively, so that the [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 midsagittal plane of the neck-headform FR 29895, June 23, 2009] assembly is vertical and at right angle § 572.192 Head assembly. (90 ± 1 degrees) to the plane of motion (a) The head assembly consists of the of the pendulum longitudinal center- head (180–1000) and a set of three (3) line; accelerometers in conformance with (3) Release the pendulum from a specifications in 49 CFR 572.200(d) and height sufficient to achieve a velocity mounted as shown in drawing 180–0000 of 5.57 ± 0.06 m/s measured at the center sheet 2 of 5. When tested to the proce- of the pendulum accelerometer, as dure specified in paragraph (b) of this shown in 49 CFR Part 572 Figure 15, at section, the head assembly shall meet the instant the pendulum makes con- performance requirements specified in tact with the decelerating mechanism; paragraph (c) of this section. (4) The neck flexes without the neck- (b) Test procedure. The head shall be headform assembly making contact tested according to the procedure spec- with any object; ified in 49 CFR 572.112(a). (5) Time zero is defined as the time of (c) Performance criteria. initial contact between the pendulum (1) When the head assembly is mounted striker plate and the pen- dropped from either the right or left dulum deceleration mechanism; lateral incline orientations in accord- (6) Allow a period of at least thirty ance with procedure in § 572.112(a), the measured peak resultant acceleration (30) minutes between successive tests shall be between 115 g and 137 g; on the same neck assembly. (2) The resultant acceleration-time (c) Performance Criteria. curve shall be unimodal to the extent (1) The pendulum deceleration pulse that oscillations occurring after the is characterized in terms of decrease in main acceleration pulse shall not ex- velocity as obtained by integrating the ceed 15% (zero to peak) of the main pendulum acceleration output from pulse; time zero:

145

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00155 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.194 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

the seatback surfaces of which are cov- Time(ms) Peakpendulumdelta- V(m/s) ered with a 2 mm thick PTFE (Teflon) 10.0 ...... ¥2.20 to ¥2.80 sheet; 15.0 ...... ¥3.30 to ¥4.10 (3) Align the outermost portion of 20.0 ...... ¥4.40 to ¥5.40 25.0 ...... ¥5.40 to ¥6.10 the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of >25.0 < 100 ...... ¥5.50 to ¥6.20 the seated dummy tangent to a vertical plane located within 10 mm of (2) The maximum translation-rota- the side edge of the bench as shown in tion of the midsagittal plane of the Figure V4–A in appendix A to this sub- headform disk (180–9061 or 9062) in the part, while the midsagittal plane of the lateral direction measured, with the dummy is in vertical orientation. rotation transducers specified in 49 (4) Push the dummy at the knees and CFR 572.200(e) shall be 71 to 81 degrees at mid-sternum of the upper torso with with respect to the longitudinal axis of the pendulum (see Figure V2–C in ap- just sufficient horizontally oriented pendix A to this subpart) occurring be- force towards the seat back until the tween 50 and 70 ms from time zero; back of the upper torso is in contact (3) Peak occipital condyle moment with the seat back. shall not be higher than ¥36 Nm and (5) While maintaining the dummy’s not lower than ¥44 Nm. The moment position as specified in paragraphs measured by the upper neck load cell (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of (Mx) shall be adjusted by the following the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180– formula: Mx(oc) 1= Mx+0.01778Fy; 3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft di- (4) The decaying moment shall cross rection is 24.6 ± 2.0 degrees relative to the 0 Nm line after peak moment be- horizontal, as shown in Figure V4–B in tween 102 ms-126 ms after time zero. appendix A to this subpart. [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 (6) Adjust orientation of the legs FR 29895, June 23, 2009] such that they are symmetrical about the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs § 572.194 Shoulder. touch the seat pan, the inner part of (a) The shoulder structure is part of the right and left legs at the knees are the upper torso assembly shown in as close as possible to each other, the drawing 180–3000. For the shoulder im- heels touch the designated foot support pact test, the dummy is tested as a surface and the feet are vertical and as complete assembly (drawing 180–0000). close together as possible. The dummy is equipped with T1 lat- (7) Orient the arm to point forward at erally oriented accelerometer as speci- 90 ±2 degrees relative to the inferior-su- fied in 49 CFR 572.200(d), and deflection perior orientation of the upper torso potentiometer as specified in 180–3881 spine box incline. configured for shoulder and installed as (8) The impactor is specified in 49 shown in drawing 180–0000 sheet 2 of 5. CFR 572.200(a). When subjected to the test procedure (9) The impactor is guided, if needed, as specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- so that at contact with the dummy’s tion, the shoulder shall meet the per- arm rotation centerline (ref. item 23 in formance requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. drawing 180–3000) the impactor’s longi- ± (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the tudinal axis is within 1 degree of a dummy assembly (180–0000) in a test en- horizontal plane and perpendicular to vironment as specified in 49 CFR the midsagittal plane of the dummy. 572.200(j). The centerpoint of the impactor face at (2) Seat the dummy, outfitted with contact is within 2 mm of the shoulder the torso jacket (180–3450) and cotton yoke assembly rotation centerline underwear pants on a certification (drawing 180–3327), as shown in Figure bench, specified in Figure V3 in appen- V4–A in appendix A to this subpart. dix A to this subpart, the seat pan and (10) The dummy’s arm-shoulder is impacted at 4.3 ± 0.1 m/s with the impac- 1 Mx(oc) is the moment at occipital condyle tor meeting the alignment and contact (Newton-meters) and Fy is the lateral shear point requirements of paragraph (b)(9) force (Newtons) measured by the load cell. of this section.

146

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00156 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.195

(11) Allow a period of at least thirty back of the upper torso is in contact (30) minutes between successive tests with the seat back. of the same shoulder assembly. (5) While maintaining the dummy’s (c) Performance criteria. position as specified in paragraphs (1) While the impactor is in contact (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of with the dummy’s arm, the shoulder the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180– shall compress not less than 28 mm and 3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft di- not more than 37 mm measured by the rection is 24.6 ± 2.0 degrees relative to potentiometer specified in (a); horizontal as shown in Figure V5–B in (2) Peak lateral acceleration of the appendix A to this subpart. upper spine (T1) shall not be less than (6) Adjust orientation of the legs 17 g and not more than 22 g; such that they are symmetrical about (3) Peak impactor acceleration shall the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs be not less than 13 g and not more than touch the seat pan, the inner part of 18 g. the right and left legs at the knees are [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 as close as possible to each other, the FR 29895, June 23, 2009] heels touch the designated foot support surface and the feet are vertical and as § 572.195 Thorax with arm. close together as possible. (a) The thorax is part of the upper (7) Orient the arm downward to the torso assembly shown in drawing 180– lowest detent such that the longitu- 3000. For the thorax with arm impact dinal centerline of the arm is parallel test, the dummy is tested as a com- to the inferior-superior orientation of plete assembly (drawing 180–0000). The the spine box. dummy’s thorax is equipped with T1 (8) The impactor is specified in 49 and T12 laterally oriented CFR 572.200(a). accelerometers as specified in 49 CFR (9) The impactor is guided, if needed, 572.200(d), and deflection potentiom- so that at contact with the dummy’s eters for the thorax and shoulder as arm, its longitudinal axis is within ±1 specified in 180–3881, installed as shown degree of a horizontal plane and per- in drawing 180–0000 sheet 2 of 5. When pendicular to the midsagittal plane of subjected to the test procedure as spec- the dummy. The centerpoint of the im- ified in paragraph (b) of this section, pactor face is within 2 mm of the the thorax shall meet performance re- vertical midpoint of the second tho- quirements of paragraph (c) of this sec- racic rib and coincident with a line tion. parallel to the seat back incline pass- (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the ing through the center of the shoulder dummy assembly (180–0000) in a test en- yoke assembly arm rotation pivot vironment as specified in 49 CFR (drawing 180–3327), as shown in Figure 572.200(j). V5–A in appendix A to this subpart. (2) Seat the dummy, outfitted with (10) The dummy’s arm is impacted at the torso jacket (180–3450) and cotton 6.7 ± 0.1 m/s. underwear pants on a certification (11) Time zero is defined as the time bench, specified in Figure V3, the seat of contact between the impact probe pan and the seatback surfaces of which and the arm. are covered with a 2-mm-thick PTFE (12) Allow a period of at least thirty (Teflon) sheet. (30) minutes between successive tests (3) Align the outermost portion of of the same thorax assembly. the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of (c) Performance criteria. the seated dummy tangent to a (1) While the impactor is in contact vertical plane located within 10 mm of with the dummy’s arm, the thoracic the side edge of the bench as shown in ribs and the shoulder shall conform to Figure V5–A, while the midsagittal the following range of deflections: plane of the dummy is in vertical ori- (i) Shoulder not less than 31 mm and entation. not more than 40 mm; (4) Push the dummy at the knees and (ii) Upper thorax rib not less than 25 at mid-sternum of the upper torso with mm and not more than 32 mm; just sufficient horizontally oriented (iii) Middle thorax rib not less than force towards the seat back until the 30 mm and not more than 36 mm;

147

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00157 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.196 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(iv) Lower thorax rib not less than 32 (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of mm and not more than 38 mm; the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180– (2) Peak lateral acceleration of the 3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft di- upper spine (T1) shall not be less than rection is 24.6 ± 2.0 degrees relative to 34 g and not more than 43 g, and the horizontal, as shown in Figure V6–B in lower spine (T12) not less than 29 g and appendix A to this subpart. not more than 37 g; (6) Adjust orientation of the legs (3) Peak impactor acceleration after such that they are symmetrical about 5 ms after time zero shall be not less the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs than 30 g and not more than 36 g. touch the seat pan, the inner part of [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 the right and left legs at the knees are FR 29895, June 23, 2009] as close as possible to each other, the heels touch the designated foot support § 572.196 Thorax without arm. surface and the feet are vertical and as (a) The thorax is part of the upper close together as possible. torso assembly shown in drawing 180– (7) The impactor is specified in 49 3000. For this thorax test, the dummy CFR 572.200(a). is tested as a complete assembly (draw- (8) The impactor is guided, if needed, ing 180–0000) with the arm (180–6000) on so that at contact with the thorax, its the impacted side removed. The dum- longitudinal axis is within 1 degree of a my’s thorax is equipped with T1 and horizontal plane and perpendicular to T12 laterally oriented accelerometers the midsagittal plane of the dummy. as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d) and The centerpoint of the impactor face is with deflection potentiometers for the within 2 mm of the vertical midpoint of thorax as specified in drawing 180–3881, the second thorax rib and coincident installed as shown in drawing 180–0000 with a line parallel to the seat back in- sheet 2 of 5. When subjected to the test cline passing through the center of the procedure specified in paragraph (b) of shoulder yoke assembly arm rotation this section, the thorax shall meet the pivot (drawing 180–3327), as shown in performance requirements set forth in Figure V6–A in appendix A to this sub- paragraph (c) of this section. part. (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the dummy assembly (180–0000) in a test en- (9) The dummy’s thorax is impacted ± vironment as specified in 49 CFR at 4.3 0.1 m/s. 572.200(j). (10) Allow a period of at least thirty (2) Seat the dummy, outfitted with (30) minutes between successive tests the torso jacket (180–3450) and cotton of the same thorax assembly. underwear pants on a calibration (c) Performance criteria. bench, specified in Figure V3 in appen- (1) While the impactor is in contact dix A to this subpart, the seat pan and with the dummy’s thorax, the ribs the seatback surfaces of which are cov- shall conform to the following range of ered with a 2-mm-thick PTFE (Teflon) deflections: sheet. (i) Upper thorax rib not less than 32 (3) Align the outermost portion of mm and not more than 40 mm; the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of (ii) Middle thorax rib not less than 39 the seated dummy tangent to a mm and not more than 45 mm; vertical plane located within 10 mm of (iii) Lower thorax rib not less than 35 the side edge of the bench as shown in mm and not more than 43 mm; Figure V6–A, while the midsagittal (2) Peak acceleration of the upper plane of the dummy is in vertical ori- spine (T1) shall not be less than 13 g entation. and not more than 17 g and the lower (4) Push the dummy at the knees and spine (T12) not less than 7 g and not at mid-sternum of the upper torso with more than 11 g; just sufficient horizontally oriented (3) Peak impactor acceleration shall force towards the seat back until the not be less than 14 g and not more than back of the upper torso is in contact 18 g. with the seat back. (5) While maintaining the dummy’s [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 position as specified in paragraphs FR 29895, June 23, 2009]

148

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00158 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.198

§ 572.197 Abdomen. heels touch the designated foot support (a) The abdomen assembly is part of surface and the feet are vertical and as the upper torso assembly (180–3000) and close together as possible; is represented by two ribs (180–3368) and (7) The impactor is specified in 49 two linear deflection potentiometers CFR 572.200(b); (180–3881). The abdomen test is con- (8) The impactor is guided, if needed, ducted on the complete dummy assem- so that at contact with the abdomen, bly (180–0000) with the arm (180–6000) on its longitudinal axis is within ± 1 de- the impacted side removed. The gree of a horizontal plane and perpen- dummy is equipped with a lower spine dicular to the midsagittal plane of the laterally oriented accelerometer as dummy and the centerpoint of the im- specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d) and de- pactor’s face is within 2 mm of the flection potentiometers specified in vertical midpoint between the two ab- drawing 180–3881, installed as shown in dominal ribs and coincident with a line sheet 2 of drawing 180–0000. When sub- parallel to the seat back incline pass- jected to the test procedure as speci- ing through the center of the shoulder fied in paragraph (b) of this section, yoke assembly arm rotation pivot the abdomen shall meet performance (drawing 180–3327), as shown in Figure requirements of paragraph (c) of this V7–A in appendix A to this subpart; section. (9) The dummy’s abdomen is im- (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the pacted at 4.3 ± 0.1 m/s. dummy assembly (180–0000) in a test en- (10) Allow a period of at least thirty vironment as specified in 49 CFR (30) minutes between successive tests 572.200(j). of the same abdomen assembly. (2) Seat the dummy, outfitted with (c) Performance criteria. (1) While the the torso jacket (180–3450) and cotton impact probe is in contact with the underwear pants on a calibration dummy’s abdomen, the deflection of bench, specified in Figure V3, the seat the upper abdominal rib shall be not pan and the seatback surfaces of which less than 36 mm and not more than 47 are covered with a 2 mm thick PTFE mm, and the lower abdominal rib not (Teflon) sheet. less than 33 mm and not more than 44 (3) Align the outermost portion of mm. the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of (2) Peak acceleration of the lower the seated dummy tangent to a spine (T12) laterally oriented acceler- vertical plane located within 10 mm of ometer shall be not less than 9 g and the side edge of the bench as shown in not more than 14 g; Figure V7–A in Appendix A to this sub- (3) Peak impactor acceleration shall part, while the midsagittal plane of the be not less than 12 g and not more than dummy is in vertical orientation. 16 g. (4) Push the dummy at the knees and at mid-sternum of the upper torso with [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 just sufficient horizontally oriented FR 29896, June 23, 2009] force towards the seat back until the back of the upper torso is in contact § 572.198 Pelvis acetabulum. with the seat back. (a) The acetabulum is part of the (5) While maintaining the dummy’s lower torso assembly shown in drawing position as specified in paragraph (b)(3) 180–4000. The acetabulum test is con- and (4) of this section, the top of the ducted by impacting the side of the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180–3352) lower torso of the assembled dummy orientation in the fore-and-aft direc- (drawing 180–0000). The dummy is tion is 24.6 ± 2.0 degrees relative to hor- equipped with a laterally oriented pel- izontal, as shown in Figure V7–B in ap- vis accelerometer as specified in 49 pendix A to this subpart); CFR 572.200(d), acetabulum load cell (6) Adjust orientation of the legs SA572–S68, mounted as shown in sheet 2 such that they are symmetrical about of 5 of drawing 180–0000, and an unused the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs and certified pelvis plug (180–4450). touch the seat pan, the inner part of When subjected to the test procedure the right and left legs at the knees are as specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- as close as possible to each other, the tion, the pelvis shall meet performance

149

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00159 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.199 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

requirements of paragraph (c) of this is in line within 2 mm of the longitu- section. dinal centerline of the 1⁄4-20x1⁄2 flat (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the head cap screw through the center of dummy assembly (180–0000) in a test en- the acetabulum load cell (SA572–S68), vironment as specified in 49 CFR as shown in Figure V8–A in appendix A 572.200(j). to this subpart; (2) Seat the dummy, without the (11) Time zero is defined as the time torso jacket (180–3450) and without cot- of contact between the impact probe ton underwear pants, as shown in Fig- and the pelvis plug. ure V8–A in appendix A to this subpart, (12) Allow a period of at least 120 on a calibration bench, specified in minutes between successive tests of the Figure V3 in appendix A to this sub- same pelvis assembly. part, with the seatpan and the (c) Performance criteria. While the im- seatback surfaces covered with a 2- pactor is in contact with the pelvis: mm-thick PTFE (Teflon) sheet; (1) Peak acceleration of the impactor (3) Align the outermost portion of is not less than 38 g and not more than the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of 47 g; the seated dummy tangent to a (2) Peak lateral acceleration of the vertical plane located within 10 mm of pelvis after 6 ms after time zero is not the side edge of the bench as shown in less than 34 g and not more than 42 g; Figure V8–A in appendix A to this sub- (3) Peak acetabulum force is not less part, while the midsagittal plane of the than 3.60 kN and not more than 4.30 dummy is in vertical orientation. kN. (4) Push the dummy at the knees and [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 at mid-sternum of the upper torso with FR 29896, June 23, 2009] just sufficient horizontally oriented force towards the seat back until the § 572.199 Pelvis iliac. back of the upper torso is in contact (a) The iliac is part of the lower torso with the seat back. assembly shown in drawing 180–4000. (5) While maintaining the dummy’s The iliac test is conducted by impact- position as specified in paragraphs ing the side of the lower torso of the (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of assembled dummy (drawing 180–0000). the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180– The dummy is equipped with a lat- 3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft di- erally oriented pelvis accelerometer as rection is 24.6 ± 1.0 degrees relative to specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d), and iliac horizontal, as shown in Figure V8–B in wing load cell SA572–S66, mounted as appendix A to this subpart; shown in sheet 2 of 5 of drawing 180– (6) Adjust orientation of the legs 0000. When subjected to the test proce- such that they are symmetrical about dure as specified in paragraph (b) of the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs this section, the pelvis shall meet per- touch the seat pan, the inner part of formance requirements of paragraph the right and left legs at the knees are (c) of this section. as close as possible to each other, the (b) Test procedure. (1) Soak the heels touch the designated foot support dummy assembly (180–0000) in a test en- surface and the feet are vertical and as vironment as specified in 49 CFR close together as possible. 572.200(j). (7) Rotate the arm downward to the (2) Seat the dummy, without the lowest detent such that the longitu- torso jacket and without cotton under- dinal centerline of the arm is parallel wear pants, as shown in Figure V9–A in to the inferior-superior orientation of appendix A to this subpart, on a flat, the spine box. rigid, horizontal surface covered with a (8) The impactor is specified in 49 2-mm-thick PTFE (Teflon) sheet. CFR 572.200(a). (3) The legs are outstretched in front (9) The impactor is guided, if needed, of the dummy such that they are sym- so that at contact with the pelvis, its metrical about the midsagittal plane, longitudinal axis is within ±1 degree of the thighs touch the seated surface, a horizontal plane and perpendicular to the inner part of the right and left legs the midsagittal plane of the dummy. at the knees are as close as possible to The centerpoint of the impactor’s face each other, and the feet are in full

150

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00160 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 572.200

dorsiflexion and as close together as § 572.200 Instrumentation and test possible. conditions. (4) Orient the arm downward to the (a) The test probe for shoulder, lat- lowest detent such that the longitu- eral thorax, and pelvis-acetabulum im- dinal centerline of the arm is parallel pact tests is the same as that specified to the inferior-superior orientation of in 49 CFR 572.137(a) except that its im- the spine box. pact face diameter is 120.70 ± 0.25 mm (5) The midsagittal plane of the and it has a minimum mass moment of dummy is vertical, and superior sur- inertia of 3646 kg-cm2. face of the lower half neck assembly (b) The test probe for the lateral ab- load cell replacement (180–3815) in the domen impact test is the same as that lateral direction is within ±1 degree specified in 572.137(a) except that its ± relative to the horizontal as shown in impact face diameter is 76.20 0.25 mm Figure V9–A. and it has a minimum mass moment of inertia of 3646 kg-cm2. (6) While maintaining the dummy’s (c) The test probe for the pelvis-iliac position as specified in paragraphs impact tests is the same as that speci- (b)(3), (4) and (5) of this section, the top fied in 49 CFR 572.137(a) except that it of the shoulder rib mount (180–3352) ori- has a rectangular flat impact surface entation in the fore-and-aft direction is 50.8 × 88.9 mm for a depth of at least 76 within ±1.0 degree relative to hori- mm and a minimum mass moment of zontal as shown in Figure V9–B in Ap- inertia of 5000 kg-cm2. pendix A to this subpart. (d) Accelerometers for the head, the (7) The pelvis impactor is specified in thoracic spine, and the pelvis conform 49 CFR 572.200(c). to specifications of SA572–S4. (8) The dummy is positioned with re- (e) Rotary potentiometers for the spect to the impactor such that the neck-headform assembly conform to longitudinal centerline of the impact SA572–S51. probe is in line with the longitudinal (f) Instrumentation and sensors con- centerline of the iliac load cell access form to the Recommended Practice hole, and the 88.9 mm dimension of the SAE J–211 (March 1995), Instrumenta- probe’s impact surface is aligned hori- tion for Impact Test, unless noted oth- zontally. erwise. (g) All instrumented response signal (9) The impactor is guided, if needed, measurements shall be treated to the so that at contact with the pelvis, the following specifications: longitudinal axis of the impactor is (1) Head acceleration—digitally fil- ± within 1 degree of a horizontal plane tered CFC 1000; and perpendicular to the midsagittal (2) Neck-headform assembly trans- plane of the dummy. lation-rotation—digitally filtered CFC (10) The dummy’s pelvis is impacted 60; at the iliac location at 4.3±0.1 m/s. (3) Neck pendulum, T1 and T12 tho- (11) Allow a period of at least 120 racic spine and pelvis accelerations— minutes between successive tests of the digitally filtered CFC 180; same pelvis assembly. (4) Neck forces (for the purpose of oc- (c) Performance criteria. While the im- cipital condyle calculation) and mo- pactor is in contact with the pelvis: ments—digitally filtered at CFC 600; (1) Peak acceleration of the impactor (5) Pelvis, shoulder, thorax and abdo- is not less than 36 g and not more than men impactor accelerations—digitally filtered CFC 180; 45 g; (6) Acetabulum and iliac wings (2) Peak acceleration of the pelvis is forces—digitally filtered at CFC 600; not less than 28 g and not more than 39 (7) Shoulder, thorax, and abdomen g; deflection—digitally filtered CFC 600. (3) Peak iliac force is not less than (h) Mountings for the head, thoracic 4.10 kN and not more than 5.10 kN. spine and pelvis accelerometers shall [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 have no resonant frequency within a FR 29896, June 23, 2009] range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class;

151

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00161 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 572.200 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

(i) Leg joints of the test dummy are humidity from 10% to 70% after expo- set at the force between 1 to 2 g, which sure of the dummy to those conditions just support the limb’s weight when for a period of 4 hours. the limbs are extended horizontally (k) Coordinate signs for instrumenta- forward. The force required to move a tion polarity shall conform to the Sign limb segment does not exceed 2 g Convention For Vehicle Crash Testing, throughout the range of the limb mo- Surface Vehicle Information Report, tion. SAE J1733, 1994–12 (refer to (j) Performance tests are conducted, § 572.191(a)(5)). unless specified otherwise, at any temperature from 20.6 to 22.2 degrees C. (69 [71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 to 72 degrees F.) and at any relative FR 29896, June 23, 2009]

152

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00162 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART V OF PART 572—FIGURES

153

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00163 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.009 Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

154

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00164 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.010 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A

155

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00165 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.011 Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

156

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00166 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.012 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A

157

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00167 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.013 ER23JN09.005 Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

158

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00168 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.015 ER14DE06.016 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A

159

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00169 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.017 ER14DE06.018 Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

160

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00170 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.019 ER14DE06.020 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A

161

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00171 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.021 ER14DE06.022 Pt. 572, Subpt. V, App. A 49 CFR Ch. V (10–1–11 Edition)

162

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00172 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER14DE06.023 ER23JN09.006 Nat’l Highway Traffic Safety Admin., DOT § 573.1

[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 30102, 30103, 30116– FR 29896, June 23, 2009] 30121, 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50 and 49 CFR 501.8.

PART 573—DEFECT AND NON- SOURCE: 43 FR 60169, Dec. 26, 1978, unless COMPLIANCE RESPONSIBILITY otherwise noted. AND REPORTS § 573.1 Scope. Sec. This part: 573.1 Scope. (a) Sets forth the responsibilities 573.2 Purpose. under 49 U.S.C. 30116–30121 of manufac- 573.3 Application. turers of motor vehicles and motor ve- 573.4 Definitions. hicle equipment with respect to safety- 573.5 Defect and noncompliance responsi- related defects and noncompliances bility. with Federal motor vehicle safety 573.6 Defect and noncompliance information standards in motor vehicles and items report. of motor vehicle equipment; and 573.7 Quarterly reports. 573.8 Lists of purchasers, owners, dealers, (b) Specifies requirements for— distributors, lessors and lessees. (1) Manufacturers to maintain lists of 573.9 Address for submitting required re- owners, purchasers, dealers, and dis- ports and other information. tributors notified of defective and non- 573.10 Reporting the sale or lease of defec- complying motor vehicles and motor tive or noncompliant tires. vehicle original and replacement equip- 573.11 Prohibition on sale or lease of new ment, defective and noncompliant motor vehi- (2) Reporting to the National High- cles and items of replacement equip- way Traffic Safety Administration ment. 573.12 Prohibition on sale or lease of new (NHTSA) defects in motor vehicles and and used defective and noncompliant motor vehicle equipment and non- motor vehicle equipment. compliances with motor vehicle safety 573.13 Reimbursement for prenotification standards prescribed under part 571 of remedies. this chapter, and 573.14 Accelerated remedy program.

163

VerDate Mar<15>2010 11:14 Jan 03, 2012 Jkt 223220 PO 00000 Frm 00173 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\223220.XXX 223220 wreier-aviles on DSK3TPTVN1PROD with CFR ER23JN09.007